Home

Intenso Tab 1004 8GB Black

1.
2.
3.
4. a Caps Lock
5. e ua PE
6. HDMI
7. 6 MICRO SD SDHC Micro SD SDHC 32 Micro SD SDHC Micro SD Slot
8. 3 4 POP3 IMAP Exchange
9. o RUS 2 AC 100 240B 50 60
10. 15 Korzystanie ze s uchawek nausznych lub dousznych przy zbyt du ej g o no ci moze doprowadzi do sta ego uszkodzenia organ w s uchu Prosimy zwr ci uwag e d ugotrwa e oddzia ywanie wysokiej g o no ci mo e prowadzi do trwa ego uszkodzenia s uchu Aby unikn mo liwego ryzyka zdrowotnego spowodowanego przez wysok g o no zalecamy u ywanie wy cznie zawartych w zestawie s uchawek BO
11. 9 9 5 6 RUS 18 1 2
12. RUS 23 16 1 GB DDR 3 ndroid 4 2 2 Windows XP Vista 7 8 Linux 2 4 Mac 10 6 ui 6 360rpaaycs 1 6 GHz Quadcore based on Cortex 9 A 5 1280 800 SNR arse V AC Ktec 545 024120020005 100 240 50 60 DC 12V 2 Lithium lonen Polymer 17
13. e 8 Home a e WLAN ff E Book E Book
14. RUS 9 RUS 10 Google C D G
15. USB RUS 5 e USB Hakonutenb e Ha Android 1
16. Task Killer 1 Advanced 2 Task Killer Merry 34 90M KILL selected apps Search Applicat ns Provider 3 selected apps Kill Available Memory 94 00M KILL selected apps 15
17. El ero 9 01 THU 7 18 2013 RUS 8 A WLAN
18. e Ha 144 gt gt Ed 16 9 4 3 f Widget
19. RUS 19 11 Android gt
20. Android Google Google Google
21. El e Home z Party Shuffle
22. RUS 20 12 1 Androidpit Market
23. pP Ha Ha Home Editor III Ha a Home LevelU Multi New Folder N
24. o He He OT o OT o He
25. Ha lt RUS 22 14
26. a b Ol
27. Settings WIRELESS amp NETWORKS Wi Fi WL INT Connected 4 Data usage WH INT1 More Secured with WPA2 Enter WLAN 6 WLAN WLAN
28. 99 Y hh Ha Di PI e PR 7 8 9 10 11
29. RUS 11 Widget Widget
30. WIFI OO
31. WLAN 1 2 3 SSID RUS 7 10
32. u cemu gt Kontotyp map Echange 5 6 7 8
33. 18 19 EC 2002 96 Intenso 49377 Vechta Germany www intenso de RUS 24 20 Notice of GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE and LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENCE Dear Customer If interested you and any third party can download the source code of us
34. PO This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file dd AndroidPIT App Centers www androidpit de WLAN RUS 15
35. 2 Ha ALUMK E Mail E Mail e
36. Explorer SD 7 1 USB 2 USB USB USB Home
37. 4 AU Y Aero if f I RUS 29
38. RUS 13 1 Email El 2 1 Email 1 Email o a
39. RUS 3 3 18 ha 10 11 6 3 5mm 7 Micro USB 8 HDMI 9 Bxog DC 12V 2A 10 Micro SD 11 12 13 4 1004 Stereo USB 12 2 0
40. 8
41. Space Taste Los Intenso GmbH e http www intenso de Home Produkte Firmenprofil Support Kontakt Karriere a linten RUS 16
42. Wlan Google Ha Google Google WLAN b
43. 3 b 4 5 6 7 e y h C l
44. aaa aa aa EEEE EEEE 14 MAGEM AA AAA A AAA A AA GO GCC 14 DO e Bana O O O O O O 15 RA 15 dd asii isis isis isa 15 VIATEDHET DAI aa iia kendall adil alain lace ee i 16 anna ai 16 23 16 Sk Wda dog a 17 I EOTIEKTBOHHBIEKHUTN E BOOK nianna 17 EE PR gu ep wince add S 17 ERRE REANO 17 f nee 18 11 CUCTEMHbIe aC OM ae ee ane ee a ee don de ee 20 OG30p a asic non CC 20 12 MIDI ON SHAAN sus Sn 21 nee esters da 21 HAN SAS IPUR AAA AAA da Sab dad AA ainsi Mein 21 13 asas ada ada dada dada A Saia ia dra da a dai dada 21
45. rst arde 16 ce Browser niente oil ii is o ii iaia 17 Utilizzo della tastiera virtuale a ee 17 Inseriments di caratteri AIDA PIDA DAI IA AAA E E A AA 17 Utilizzo del browser imere 18 ek 18 O RR REI 18 O 18 f Musica WIOOPLMUSICAIEZ R AA R rc SRD FE ni 19 mrs ie ee er ee ar eer ae 21 leed AN ere ee ee ee ee ee 21 12 Gestione dFapRIICZZONE RD CV Inn 22 Iistaliszione di applicazioni psi ie iii ispiri pieni O 22 Disinstallazione ON AIR AZ IOI irreale 22 EXI asc A A A da iaaa 23 Navigare attraverso files e carteles 23 Utilizzare la bata degli ON ME LE ee 23 Copiare spostare e rinominare files e 23 14 ARM G RA EE EEE 24 15 Condizioni di garanzia limitate A 24 A e e E ee elek 25 17 Manutenzione dell apparecchio A A OOO OKO Seo i 25 18 Pulizia delapparecchi
46. 1 Email Email 2 1 RUS 14 bb Google Google
47. 5 A AP a a aa E 6 RR 7 CONNESSIONE ALTO MalC it a e li 7 105 La STS iat a MM ZUG cosas RA 8 AEE ee rei 8 Sblocco del display se ee OE 8 Barna di Stalo RR 05 EE RD ddan acta 9 Adattamento della schermata AO a 9 Utilizzare diverse schermate iniziali 10 Applicazioni gia installate sulla schermata iniziale seen 10 a Barra di ricerca per la neerca Google M oco Biel Beute anemones 11 b M n principale applicazioni IA EN 11 c Orologio analogico widget een ee essen 12 Galleria galleria fotografica widget iii 12 e Applicazioni gia installate sulla schermata iniziale 13 aa IMMO MICE ZIONG 1 Scalea 13 Configurazione della Sua casella di posia eleitr nica 2 000000002 13 Gestione A 14 Viaualizzazione Ce MAS sassi lola a 15 Scrivere messaggistica 15 OE cc PRETE RA 15 CC Lett ra di document Office O EE A E O JS 16 AndroidPIT 0
48. seen 13 Rd su 14 Affichage des gt is is e i ec 15 Ecrire des messages A 15 bb Exp dition RAI ARIDI OZ TARRA TARRA IAA Aa 15 CC Lecture de documents E A A O o PSE a 16 i idas 16 ce 16 gt electa 17 salsie de caract res SHE anne 17 U lisation d mavigate r Web ci 17 ana IRRE ee 18 O O DE EE 18 Yi 18 E A EEA AO 19 UOC REA 20 DR IRD GR RE RASA DS E E RR 21 pateo pe Es ernennen ee RR RR CV 22 Installation des appliance uses 22 D sinstallation des applications a oO GR ae ee 22 13 EXpl rateurdelichlere a AE ee 22 Naviguer travers les fichiers et les dossiers seen 22 Uliliseziia Dare COUN EEE 23 Copier d placer et renommer des fichiers et doSsiers iii 23 14 Gestionnaire des t ches sc 24 15 Conditions de garantie limit e 24 16 Donn es TEENNI UCS alias aaa 25 17 Entretien de l appareil OE a ana aa aa a a Eaa aA aa E
49. Crop RUS 12 WLAN 1 2
50. QKPAHOB cessseeeeeeccccesecessseeeeeeceeesseeeusseeeeeeeeeessecaauseeeeeeeeeesaeaaausseeeeseeessssaaauseeeeeseeeeessegaasseseeteeesenaes 10 Ha 10 a Google ap A 11 D SOP MPMI OH SHIA PADRE RR DRE RAR OO OOO OOO RO PARADA RD A RD RAR A 11 WIDGET omic ie 12 Widget rara 12 ee aaa 13 aa BNIEKGDONNEK MUCEM a een 13 Hactpo ka CALISTO MOITOBR GIO ARS Gad SEA a a A E O A E A aa ai 13 1 1 1 0 46 00 40 000 00000 66 00 08 30000000000000000 0000 00000000003544040 14 Ha 14 E Mail
51. RUS 17 e z HauaTb 9 e e
52. Google Office Office Suite Office Word Excel Powerpoint Office Suite
53. www intenso de Google Google Android Google 2 He e
54. RUS 4 5 5 15 b
55. 14 E ESSE ARR Re TA 15 bb alo OR ee E nur 15 cc Reading Office Documents di Ed Dea 15 eee A 16 BEI WED DONS ate ato OAK OE 16 Using MS virtual KEY jajo clio 16 A ani 16 Using the web browser irritare 17 Lip BOO CRETE E RR RN 17 en A ree RA ere 17 HRY VideO 17 Lj Music Musie RE 18 MA 20 SEE PR EEA 20 12 Managing sia 21 es RR E A i AE AGE 21 als O RR na ia 21 Peperosso ii lille aisi 22 Navigating through files and TON UG a nas 22 Using the toolbar 22 Copy move and rename files ANT EEEE 22 1 Task WAC Ester cee aces a RAR RAD RN te DR 23 15 Limited WAMANIY TOn S zeus GR ANR ii Bere 23 16 Technical eine 24 17 Maintenance of the Device RR a RENO RARO A RAR RD NR RR VR 24 SR O O RO 24 19 Disposal of Used Elec
56. 4 5 13 e SD USB RUS 21
57. 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 USB Hakonntenb
58. AA are 9 Adaplaeion de A 9 Empleo de diversas pantallas 10 Aplicaciones preinstaladas en la pantalla inicial i 10 a Barra de busqueda para la b squeda en Google lla ei 11 b Resumen de las aplicaciones een 11 RESUMEN CO ANO CIONES NA RU UNR RE UA RN UC E RR RU 11 E Relopanal gico MAGO DD DS DD E os 12 d Galer a galer a de fotos Widget allearono 12 e Aplicaciones preinstaladas en la pantalla inicial seen 13 aa Enviar recibir e mails eee ee ee eee eer ee ee ee 13 Instalar su cuenta de EmMa A 13 Administraci n de una cuenta de correo electr nico u ara 14 Agregar un buz n de Correo NUEVO loi 14 Borrar un buz n d CONGO ee A A A ee ernennen 14 Comprobaci n de las propiedades de las cuentas ae ee 14 Verificar las propiedades de 2 ee ILL k ry 14 CE ELE ERE eee RE REA 14 Escribir mensajes de correo electr nico siii ee ee en ea 15 DEA 15 doc mentos AS e nei zio 15 DO AAA OO E ssa a ere eee ee ANA 16 BROWSER RR RO O RE TS TT 16 Utilizaci n teclado AZ iii 16 Inserci n de s mbolos crite 17 Ns REINER DEREN 17 Libeccio 17 0 FR EEA 17 O EAC OR ECONO ie 18 f M sica widget MUSICA RNA 18 11
59. RUS 6 9 WIFI WIFI WIFI WIFI WLAN Ona WIFI WIFI WIFI WIFI WIFI Settings WIRELESS amp NETWORKS Wi Fi WIFI
60. Tapez sur enregistrer un signet l emplacement actuel Un seul signet peut tre enregistr a chaque fois Si vous d finissez un nouveau signet le signet pr c dent sera cras e Si vous d marrez une vid o laquelle un signet a d j t ajout il vous est demand au d but de la lecture si vous d marrez la vid o depuis le d but ou si vous souhaitez poursuivre au signet plac S lectionnez Lecture depuis le d but pour lire la vid o depuis le d but ou Lire a partir du du signet afin de poursuivre la vid o au signet place e Pour supprimer un signet tapez sur et les param tres vid o s affichent Maintenant s lectionnez Supprimer un signet Le signet est supprim e Tapez sur Kdlpour r gler la luminosit de l cran e Tapez sur l ic ne avant ou en arri re EI EJ Pour lire la vid o pr c dente ou suivante Tapez sur Ed pour personnaliser le format de pr sentation de la vid o plein cran original 16 9 4 3 S lectionnez pour arr ter la lecture en cours et atteindre l aper u de la vid o FR 18 f Musique Tapez bri vement sur l ic ne Musique sur l cran d accueil ou des applications afin d ouvrir la lecture de la musique Dans suivant vous pouvez choisir d afficher votre musique tri e par artiste album titre liste de lecture ou la lecture en cours Pour cela tapez simplement bri vement sur l ic ne appropri e
61. ad esempio cercare un determinato testo contare le parole This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file dd AndroidPIT App Sull apparecchio gi installato il centro apps AndroidPIT Qui pu trovare varie apps report sui test un blog e un forum Per ulteriori informazioni o aiuti per l utilizzo del centro apps visiti per cortesia homepage del fornitore su www androidpit de Nota Per questa funzione necessario un collegamento WLAN ad internet IT 16 ee Browser internet Per avviare il browser internet tocchi l icona del Browser EJ nella schermata iniziale Per aprire un sito internet tocchi il campo superiore per inserire l indirizzo internet La tastiera virtuale si aprir e poi potr inserire l indirizzo del sito internet desiderato Clicchi su Vai o sul simbolo della freccia di fianco al campo d inserimento per aprire il sito internet Nota Non tutte le reti offrono un accesso a internet Alcune reti offrono un accesso ad altri computer collegati localmente e non un collegamento a internet Utilizzo della tastiera virtuale Tocchi il campo d inserimento per aprire la tastiera virtuale Pu quindi inserire testi o aprire siti internet a Blocco maiuscole caratteri minuscoli o maiuscoli Ta
62. 9 Artistes Affiche tous les fichiers musicaux tri s par artistes Bam Affiche tous les fichiers musicaux tri s par albums Titre Affiche tous les fichiers musicaux tries par titres Liste de lecture Affiche les listes de lecture cr es Va directement a la lecture en cours Lecture en cours S lectionnez le fichier voulu en tapant brievement sur le nom et la lecture de la musique commence Ecran de lecture 1 Lecture en cours 2 Activer D sactiver la lecture al atoire 3 Options de r p tition a Tous les titres sont r p t s b Le titre actuel est r p t La r p tition est d sactiv e D tails des titres Titre pr c dent suivant Lecture Pause Chronologie 4 5 6 7 gt gt gt e Touchez l ic ne Pause interrompre la lecture e Pour reprendre la lecture tapez sur l ic ne lecture O e Tapez sur l ic ne Avant ou Arri re y bil pour lire le titre pr c dent ou suivant Tapez sur un emplacement de la chronologie afin de poursuivre directement la lecture a cet endroit e Appuyez sur les touches de volume sur le c t de l appareil pour r gler le volume e Pour ouvrir de la liste de lecture actuelle veuillez taper sur de la liste de lecture Tapez sur un titre pour lire celui ci directement Pour changer le mode r p tition tapez sur l ic ne Mode r p tition el e Pour arriver l cr
63. Ajustar o volume desejado e o tom de comunica o desejado Tamb m poss vel ativar e desativar umtoque de confirma o tocando o Touchscreen e um toque de notifica o para bloquear e desbloquear o display Display Brilho Ajustar o n vel do brilho da tela Imagem de fundo Lista de poss veis imagens de fundo Girar display automaticamente Ligar e desligar o sensor de orienta o autom tico do display girando o aparelho A Ih Stand by Ajustar o retardamento para desligar o display automaticamente pareme Tamanho dos caracteres Ajustar tamanho dos caracteres Ativar e ou desativar a fun o HDMI a partir daqui modificar a resolu o configurar o zoom Informa es sobre a mem ria interna e caso esteja dispon vel do cart o de mem ria Micro SD sempre poss vel cancelar o conte do da mem ria Informa es sobre o atual n vel da bateria interna jesz Possibilidades de administrar as aplica es instaladas e obter informa es sobre as aplica es local Possibilidade de aceitar diversos aplicativos Android verificar nivel de sinal de rede e utilizar a rede p ex Google Maps E possivel estabelecer se os resultados de busca do Google e outros servicos se adaptam nesta localiza o seguran a Seleciona o idioma preferido adiciona ou edita novas palavras no dicion rio pessoal e configura as op es do teclado na tela Salvar amp Salvar as configura es do sistem
64. Je li urz dzenie przesta o reagowa na pr by wprowadzania polece nale y u y znajduj cy sie z ty u urz dzenia przycisk Reset aby je ponownie uruchomi W przypadku nieu ywania prosz od czy zasilacz od r d a zasilania Gniazdko sieciowe musi znajdowa si w pobli u urz dzenia i by atwo dost pne PL 2 Zasilacz nalezy podtacza wytacznie do uziemionych gniazdek sieciowych napieciu 100 240V 50 60 Hz Jesli nie jesteS pewny parametrow pradu w miejscu w ktorych korzystasz z urzadzenia to skontaktuj sie 2 odpowiednim dostawca pradu Nalezy korzystac wytacznie z zataczonego zasilacza i przewodu sieciowego Aby przerwac zasilanie urzadzenia nalezy wyja zasilacz z gniazdka sieciowego Podczas wyciagania nalezy zawsze chwytac bezposrednio zasilacz Nigdy nie ciagna za przewod Nie otwiera obudowy zasilacza Otwarta obudowa stwarza zagrozenie dla Zycia powodowane porazeniem elektrycznym Zasilacz nie Zawiera czesci podlegajacych konserwacii Podczas dtuzsze nieuzywania akumulator urzadzenie powoli sie roztadowuje Przed ponownym uzyciem konieczne jest jego ponowne natadowanie Prosze zwrocic niestanowiaca zagrozenia dla srodowiska utylizacje urzadzenia lub akumulatora Prosze nie rozbierac urzadzenia podzespoty ani nie probowac go samodzielnie naprawiac gdyz w takim przypadku wygasa gwarancja Nie u ywa urz dzenia w miejscach w kt rych obowi zuje zakaz
65. Wskaz wka Zainstalowanego fabrycznie oprogramowania nie mo na usun PL 21 13 Eksplorator plikow uruchomi eksploratora plikow nalezy otworzy przeglad aplikacji i nastepnie kr tko nacisna ikone eksploratora Nawigacja pomiedzy plikami i folderami e Do wyboru istniej wewn trzna pami internal Memory karta pami ci SD Card i USB wy wietli jako list zawarte wybranym no niku pliki nale y nacisn na wybrany no nik Je li nie w o ono karty pami ci lub adnego no nika danych nie pod czono do portu USB pojawi sie dla nich komunikat is unmounted e Za pomoc pionowego ruchu przesuni cia mo na przewija pliki i foldery Za pomoc kr tkiego naci ni cia otwiera si pliki i foldery e Mo na przej do przodu lub cofn si o krok kr tko naciskaj c odpowiedni ikon e Aby w strukturze plik w przej o poziom wy ej nale y kr tko nacisn na ikon LevelUp Home Ef przechodzi si bezpo rednio do g wnego folderu U ywanie paska narz dzi 4 Nalezy na przycisk Menu O i nastepnie na Hide TS TITS 1313 Toolbar aby ukry wzgl wy wietli pasek narz dzi l Home Przej cie bezpo rednio do g wnego folderu LevelUp Przej cie o poziom wy ej Multi Wyb r kilku plik w Kopiowanie usuwanie przenoszenie wstawianie lub zmiana oliku lub folderu New Tworzeni
66. e Po lewej stronie menu znajduj si pojedyncze kategorie Kr tkie naci ni cie wybranego punktu menu powoduje wy wietlenie dost pnych mo liwo ci ustawie Nale y zwr ci uwag e ewentualnie nie wszystkie funkcje dost pne w systemie Android s da ala z tym urz dzeniem e Je li dokonano wszystkich ustawie to za pomoc przycisku wstecz mo na powr ci do ostatniego wywo anego menu lub przyciskiem Home przej bezpo rednio do ekranu startowego Dokonane zmiany zostan automatycznie zapisane Przegl d ustawie Komunikacja Tutaj dokonuje si ustawie sieci bezprzewodowej bezprzewodowa i KONIN Tutaj mo na dokona dalszych ustawie sieciowych sieci Ustawianie g o no ci i wyb r d wi ku powiadomienia Ponadto mo na aktywowa wzgl deaktywowa d wi k potwierdzenia dotkni cia ekranu dotykowego oraz d wi k ostrze enia odblokowywania ekranu Wy wietlacz Jasno regulacja jasno ci wy wietlacza T o Wyb r t a Aut obracanie wy wietlacza W czanie i wy czanie automatycznej orientacji wy wietlacza po obr ceniu urz dzenia Stan czuwania Ustawianie op nienia automatycznego wy czania wy wietlacza Wielko czcionki Ustawianie wybranej wielko ci pisma Urz dzenie Aktywacja wzgl deaktywacja funkcji HDMI zmiana rozdzielczo ci i ustawienia opcji Zoom Tutaj mo na uzyska informacje o wewn trznej pami ci i o ile zainstalow
67. o No emplee soluciones qu micas a la hora de limpiar el aparato Utilice simplemente un seco para limpiarlo o No coloque llamas abiertas como pueden ser velas encendidas cerca o sobre el aparato o No nos hacemos responsables de danos producidos a causa de un funcionamiento incorrecto p rdida de datos manejo incorrecto propia reparaci n del aparato o cambio de bateria o En el caso de que el aparato no reaccione a sus entradas le rogamos que emplee el bot n de reset que se encuentra en el reverso del aparato para que pueda reiniciarse o Cuando no lo vaya a utilizar retire el transformador de la fuente de energia ES 2 El enchufe ha de encontrarse cerca del aparato y ser de facil acceso Haga uso del transformador solo en tomas de tierra con AC 100 240V 50 60 Hz En caso de no tener la certeza de que la fuente de energia local sea segura consulte al distribuidor de energia respectivo Emplee unicamente el transformador y el cable de conexi n a la red ha recibido con este aparato Para interrumpir el abastecimiento de energia de su aparato retire la fuente de alimentaci n de la corriente Sujete con cuidado el transformador en el momento de retirarlo del enchufe No apriete nunca el cable Nunca abra la caja del adaptador de red En caso de apertura de la caja se corre peligro de vida debido al choque el ctrico No contiene piezas que requieran manutenci n En caso de no utilizar el aparato durante un p
68. Configuraciones del Sist VARA REDONDO COND NR CND SRD inte 20 Resumen de CRON So a ee lp lol lis 20 ee RAW A ee RN RO PEGAR eee ee er A 21 Instalaci n de las aplicaciones 21 Desinsialacion de aplicaciones 2 5222 A SS a E DS ine 21 Fichero EXPIDO anadir 21 Navegar entre ficheros y carpetas scsi IA AAA AAA 21 Utilizar la barra de A ics fads ner 22 Copiar mover y renombrar ficheros carpetas iii 22 14 Administrador de Beastie EEE Ei 23 15 Condiciones de garantia aaa 23 16 DatOS Ei ia ES dA A ett tn htt eat SS A 24 17 Manutenci n del Aparato DD E EE SEITE 24 Elmpleza del ADIFAlO scr id balla 24 19 Eliminaci n de aparatos electr nicos fuera de USO nina 24 20 EGMICE CIAANIOMACIAONKA a botas da eStats coat A cols oo ht cet teenie tai DO 25 Declaraci n de conformidad CE seata i ei edi dE tit ei dE id ind 29 Es posible que este manual contenga todas las funciones de su aparato Para hacer uso de aplicaciones que provienen de operadores terceros le rogamos que contacte su operador Tenga en cuenta que cualquier especificaci n puede ser modificada sin previo aviso Si desea conocer informaci
69. RT ND CEE 25 18 Entretien detappareil eet te eT OO ROPA OR ee er rr rrr rt 25 19 Elimination des vieux quipements 9 25 20 Licence NICE 26 D claration de CAN nis eek 30 Ce manuel ne contient peut tre pas toutes les fonctions de votre appareil Pour utilisation des applications de fournisseurs tiers veuillez contacter le fabricant Veuillez noter que toutes les instructions peuvent tre modifi es sans pr avis Vous trouverez des informations actuelles l adresse www intenso de Marques Google le logo Google et Android sont des marques commerciales de Google Tous les autres noms de produits ou de services sont la propri t de leurs propri taires respectifs 2 Remarques o viter les chocs violents sur l appareil Ne pas le poser sur des surfaces inclin es afin d viter que l appareil ne chute o Ne pas utiliser l appareil dans des conditions extr mement froides chaudes humides ou poussi reuses Ne pas exposer non plus au rayonnement solaire direct e Eviter d utiliser sur des endroits sablonneux o Ne pas utiliser dans des environnements pr sentant un risque d explosion comme par exemple aux pompes d une station essence o viter l utilisation de coussins canap s ou autres objets qui favorisent un d veloppement de la chaleur car il ya un risque de surchauffe de l appareil Effectuer de fr quentes sauvegard
70. d quipement m dical car cela peut entra ner des troubles dus aux signaux haute fr quence Garder au moins 15cm de distance avec un stimulateur cardiaque Veuillez contacter le fabricant de ces appareils pour recevoir des informations concernant l utilisation commune Lors de l utilisation d couteurs ou de casque avec volume trop fort peut tre durablement endommagee Nous vous prions de consid rer qu un volume constantement lev peut causer des dommages auditifs permanents Pour viter un risque potentiel pour la sant caus par le volume trop lev nous vous recommandons d utiliser les couteurs inclus Pour des raisons de s curit routiere l appareil ne peut pas tre utilis pendant la conduite par le conducteur lui m me FR 3 3 Aper u de l appareil 18 10 11 Touche On Off Appuyez 6 Prise casque de 3 5 mm longuement pour mettre l appareil 7 Emplacement Micro USB hors tension appuyez bri vement 8 HDMI pour alterner entre le mode veille et 9 Entr e DC12V2A actif 10 Emplacement carte Micro SD Volume 11 Microphone int gr T moin de charge rouge lorsque le chargement est en cours jaune lorsque le chargement est complet Camera frontale Camera posterieure 12 Touchscreen 13 Haut parleur in
71. e To goto the home screen tap briefly on the home button z This will not stop the music playback You can for instance surf the browser on the Internet while listening to your music Just tap on the music icon again to go to back to playback In playback mode you can further adjust your settings Tap briefly on the Menu button Library a list of all existing music files will be displayed Party shuffle turns on off Party Shuffle mode Add to playlist adds currently playing title to a playlist Delete deletes the current title Sound effects sets a sound effect to the music playback EN 19 11 System settin gs Tap the settings icon in the application menu to call up the system settings e You can find the individual categories on the left side of the menu The available setting options are displayed by briefly pressing each selected menu item Please note that possibly not all functions offered by Android are compatible with the device e When you have adjusted all settings you can return to the previous menu with the Return key lt or switch to the main screen directly with the Home key a Your entries will be saved automatically Settings overview WiFi 8 Networks Device Display Battery Location services Language 8 input Add account Date 8 time About the Tablet Here you can adjust the WiFi settings Here you can adjust additional network settings Specify the desired volume an
72. l email actuellement saisi sera supprim bb Exp dition r ception des e mails Appuyez sur cette ic ne afin d obtenir un aper u du calendrier Pour g rer vos rendez vous et rappels vous devez synchroniser votre calendrier Google existant ou en cr er un nouveau Si vous n avez pas encore configur de compte Google sur l appareil suivez simplement les instructions de l assistant de configuration lors de la premi re utilisation du calendrier ou acc dez plus tard aux param tres du calendrier S lectionnez ensuite ajouter un compte ce qui fera appara tre l assistant de configuration FR 15 cc Lecture de documents Office L application Suite Office est d ja pr install e sur cet appareil pour la lecture de documents Office Vous pouvez lire des fichiers Word Excel PowerPoint 1 Copiez les fichiers Office d sir s sur l appareil 2 Ouvrez l application Suite Office 3 Naviguez a l aide de l explorateur vers le fichier d sir 4 S lectionnez le fichier d sir tapant bri vement et balayez avec le doigt verticalement ou horizontalement surl cran pour faire d filer les pages Tapez bri vement sur la touche Menu pour ouvrir davantage d options Vous pouvez par exemple rechercher un texte en particulier ou compter des mots This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file
73. odtwarzanie muzyki i przechodzi do nast pnego utworu Kr tkie naci ni cie symbolu Muzyka w obszarze aplikacji lub bie cego utworu w wid ecie Muzyka otwiera odtwarzacz muzyki W nast pnym widoku istnieje mo liwo wyboru sortowania wy wietlanych plik w muzycznych wed ug wykonawcy albumu tytu u listy odtwarzania lub aktualnego odtwarzania W tym celu nale y po prostu kr tko nacisn na odpowiedni symbol PL 18 9 Wykonawcy Wy wietla wszystkie pliki muzyczne sortowane zgodnie z nazwami wykonawcy 9 Albumy Wyswietla wszystkie pliki muzyczne sortowane zgodnie z nazwami album w Tytu Wy wietla wszystkie pliki muzyczne sortowane wed ug tytu w Listy odtwarzania Wy wietla utworzone listy odtwarzania 6 Przechodzi bezposrednio do biezacego odtwarzania Przez krotkie naci niecie na nazwe wybranego pliku uruchamia sie odtwarzanie muzyki Ekran odtwarzania irc The Mammy Novas 1 Aktualnie odtwarzane 2 Odtwarzanie losowe aktywowane deaktywowane 3 Opcje powtarzania a powtarzane beda wszystkie utwory b powtarzany bedzie aktualny utwor powtarzanie deaktywowane Szczeg ly utworu Nastepny poprzedni tytut Play Pause Pasek czasu TERA 4 5 6 7 gt gt gt e Naci ni cie symbolu Pause zatrzymuje odtwarzanie e wznowi odtwarzanie nale y nacisn na symbol Play U e Naci ni cie symbolu w prz d wzgl
74. tekst nale y nacisn na odpowiednie pole i skorzysta z wirtualnej klawiatury do wprowadzania tekstu Wskaz wka Ta funkcja wymaga po czenia poprzez sie bezprzewodow z Internetem ff E book Aby wy wietli sw j rega z ksi kami nale y nacisn na symbol E book Aby korzysta z tej aplikacji konieczne jest zapisanie na urz dzeniu e book w w obs ugiwanym formacie Opis zapisywania plik w na urz dzeniu znajduje si w odpowiednim punkcie tej instrukcji obs ugi gg Kamera Kr tkie naci ni cie ikony kamery uruchamia funkcj Kamera Wy wietlone zostanie wiele symboli kt re pozwalaj na zmian ustawie kamery zmian kamery zoomowanie i prze czanie pomi dzy trybem zdj ciowym i wideo hh Wideo Naci nij kr tko na ikon Wideo na ekranie startowym lub przegl dzie aplikacji aby otworzy odtwarzanie plik w wideo Wy wietlone zostan na li cie pliki wideo Kr tkie naci ni cie na wybrany plik powoduje uruchomienie odtwarzania Ekran odtwarzania Zmniejszanie gtosnosci Pasek czasu Zwiekszanie gtosnosci Dodaj zaktadke Dopasowanie jasnosci wyswietlacza Poprzedni plik wideo przewijanie w tyt Odtwarzanie pauza Nastepny plik wideo przewijanie w prz d N Du AWN Zmiana formatu wy wietlania 10 Wstecz 11 Ustawienia wideo e Naci ni cie na gt uruchamia odtwarzanie Naci ni cie na zatrzymuje odtwarzanie e Naci ni cie na W
75. you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it 6 Each time you redistribute the Program or any work based on the Program the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License 7 as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance
76. One step forward Copy move and rename files and folders 1 Navigate to the desired file in the file browser 2 Tap and hold your finger on the file until an info box appears 3 Now select the desired function You can choose between Copy Delete Move Paste to do so a file must be in the clipboard and Rename 4 To copy or move tap briefly on the appropriate icon Copy Move and then navigate to the target directory Then tap on the editor icon and select by briefly tapping Paste to insert the file 5 To delete a file tap Delete and confirm for safety again with Delete To cancel tap briefly the Cancel 6 To rename a file tap on Rename and then enter the new file name over the virtual keyboard Confirm your entry with OK or cancel the process with Cancel 7 You can simultaneously copy delete or move several files and folders Tap on the multi icon and then tap the desired files The marked files are now displayed in a different colour Tap the editor icon to perform the desired action EN 22 14 Task Manager This device is capable of multitasking allowing you use several applications at once For example you Can listen to music and at the same time surf the Internet or view images In some circumstances it may happen that too many applications are running simultaneously in the background In this case please open the application Task Killer and terminate those applications you
77. The hypothetical commands show w and show c should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License Of course the commands you use may be called something other than show w and show they could even be mouse clicks or menu items whatever suits your program You should also get your employer if you work as a programmer or your school if any to sign a Copyright disclaimer for the program if necessary Here is a sample alter the names Yoyodyne Inc hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program Gnomovision which makes passes at compilers written by James Hacker signature of Ty Coon 1 April 1989 Ty Coon President of Vice PL 28 Intenso GmbH Data 12 lipiec 2013 Deklaracja zgodnosci UE My Intenso GmbH 2 siedziba Diepholzer Str 15 w 49377 Vechta Niemcy deklarujemy w adn odpowiedzialno ze produkt Model 10 1 TAB 1004 artykut nr 5511860 Opis komputer typu tablet jest zgodny z nastepujacymi dyrektywami i normami Dyrektywa R amp TTE 1999 5 WE e EN 301 489 1 V1 9 2 e 301 489 17 V2 1 1 e EN 300 328 V1 7 1 2006 10 EN 55022 2010 Class e EN 55024 2010 e EN 61000 3 2 2006 A1 2009 A2 2009 Class D EN61000 3 3 2008 Dyrektywa niskonapi ciowa 2006 95 WE e EN 60950 1 2006 A11 2009 A1 2010 A12 2011 A12 korekta 2012 Dyrektywa w sprawie ekoprojektu 2009 125 EG e 1275 2008 e 278 2009 Dyrektywa ROHS 2011 65 EU Dokumentacja techniczna doty
78. adowaniom elektrycznym temperaturze i wilgotno ci spoza zakresu specyfikacji produktu to brak jest podstaw do roszcze gwarancyjnych Firma Intenso nie odpowiada za utrat danych lub jakiekolwiek szkody towarzysz ce lub nast pstwa za przekroczenie warunk w gwarancji lub inne szkody bez wzgl du na ich pow d Produkt ten nie jest przeznaczony do wykorzystania komercyjnego lub zastosowa medycznych i specjalnych w przypadku kt rych awaria produktu mo e spowodowa zranienia mier lub znaczne szkody materialne PL 23 16 Dane techniczne 1 6 GHz Quadcore based on Cortex 9 Pamiec operacyjna 1 GB DDR 3 System operacyjny Android 4 2 2 Kompatybilne systemy Windows XP Vista 7 8 Linux 2 4 lub nowszy Mac 10 6 lub operacyjne nowszy J Kamera przednia kamera 0 3 MP tylna kamera2 SNR ESAS V AC Adapter Ktec KSASB0241200200D5 AC Input 100 240V 50 60Hz DC Output 12V 2 Akumulator wewnetrzny akumulator litowo polimerowy Format zdje PEG BMP GIF PNG MP3 WMA WAV OGG FLAC APE M 17 Konserwacja urzadzenia Nie wolno pryska lub ptynu bezposrednio na wyswietlacz lub obudowe 18 Czyszczenie urzadzenia Obudowe ramke i wySwietlacz ostroznie przetrze miekka niektaczaca i wolng od substancji chemicznych szmatk U ywa wy cznie rodk w czyszcz cych przeznaczonych specjalnie dla wy wietlaczy 19 Utylizacja zu ytych urz d
79. and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions type show c for details The hypothetical commands show w and show c should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License Of course the commands you use may be called something other than show w and show they could even be mouse clicks or menu items whatever suits your program You should also get your employer if you work as a programmer or your school if any to sign a copyright disclaimer for the program if necessary Here is a sample alter the names Yoyodyne Inc hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program Gnomovision which makes passes at compilers written by James Hacker signature of Ty Coon 1 April 1989 Ty Coon President of Vice PT 28 Intenso GmbH Data 12 de julho de 2013 Declara o de conformidade N s a Intenso GmbH com sede em Diepholzer Str 15 49377 Vechta Alemanha declaramos sob a nossa responsabilidade que o produto Modelo 10 1 TAB 1004 N de artigo 5511860 Descri o Tablet PC se encontra em conformidade com as seguintes diretivas e normas Diretiva R amp TTE 1999 5 EG e EN 301 489 1 V1 9 2 e 301 489 17 V2 1 1 e EN 300 328 V1 7 1 2006 10 EN 55022 2010 Class e EN 55024 2010 e EN 61000 3 2 2006 A1 2009 A2 2009 Class D e EN 61000 3 3 2008 Diretiva de baixa tens o 2006 95 EG 60950 1 2006 A11 2009 A1 2010 A12 2011 A12 corre o
80. e Tocchi EM per aprire le impostazioni Video e Tocchi un punto della barra d avanzamento per far proseguire il video direttamente dal punto selezionato e Premere i tasti volume sul lato del dispositivo per regolare il volume e Tocchi CTI per salvare un segnalibro nella posizione attuale Si pu salvare di volta in volta solo segnalibro Se imposta un nuovo segnalibro il vecchio segnalibro viene sovrascritto e Quando viene avviato un video al quale gia stato aggiunto un segnalibro Le verra chiesto all inizio della riproduzione se desidera riprodurre il video dall inizio o proseguire dal segnalibro Selezioni Riproduci dall inizio per riprodurre il video dall inizio oppure Riproduci dal segnalibro per far proseguire il Video dal segnalibro e Per cancellare un segnalibro tocchi e verranno aperte le Impostazioni video Selezioni ora Cancella segnalibro segnalibro viene rimosso e Tocchi per regolare la luminosita del display e Tocchi il simbolo Avanti Indietro 22 per riprodurre il video precedente successivo e Tocchi per regolare il formato di visualizzazione del video schermo intero originale 16 9 4 3 Selezioni per arrestare la riproduzione attuale raggiungere il Menu principale video f Musica widget musicale Con questo widget puo avviare interrompere continuare e passare al prossimo titolo della riproduzione musicale Sfiori brevemente il simbol
81. es e iniciar ecr principal e um passo em cada menu e iniciar os programas utilizados na ltima vez Clicando sobre o rel gio se abrir a barra de tarefas avan ada Onde ser visualizada uma notifica o com o status atual Clicando novamente sobre o rel gio na barra de tarefas avan ada ir o aparecer diferentes op es de in cio r pido como por exemplo o acesso para as configura es Ajustando a tela principal poss vel ajustar facilmente a tela principal de acordo com as necessidades individuais Para cancelar um cone toque com seus dedos por alguns segundos sobre o cone e arraste o at s mbolo X visualizado Tire o dedo do Touchscreen e o cone ser cancelado Para posicionar um cone da lista de aplica es na tela principal clique por alguns segundos com o dedo sobre o cone da aplica o desejada que este aparecer na tela principal Arraste o cone para a posi o desejada e tire o dedo do Touchscreen O cone foi posicionado na tela principal Se um cone for posicionado sobre outro cone automaticamente se abrir uma pasta com ambos os cones Toque a pasta para visualizar os cones registrados e toque suavemente sobre um icone para escolher o desejado tamb m poss vel adicionar Widgets na tela inicial Para isto toque a tecla no canto superior direito da tela inicial que o menu das aplica es se abrir Clique ent o na palavra Widgets Ir o aparecer todos o
82. przeprowadzic wybrane dziatanie PL 22 14 Menadzer zadan Urz dzenie to zdolne jest do wielozadaniowosci Mo na wi c jednocze nie otworzy kilka aplikacji Mo na na przyk ad s ucha muzyki i w tym samym czasie serfowa w Internecie lub przegl da zdj cia Mo e si zdarzy e jedocze nie pracuje w tle zbyt wiele aplikacji W tym przypadku nale y otworzy aplikacj Task Killer aby zako czy te aplikacje kt re s wtym momencie niepotrzebne 1 Otw rz aplikacj Task Killer 2 Wybierz zb dne w tym momencie aplikacje vallable Memory 94 00M KILL selected apps A Task Killer Search Applications Provider 3 Aby potwierdzi wyb r nale y kr tko nacigha symbol Kill selected apps Available Memory 94 00M KILL selected apps 15 Warunki ograniczonej gwarancji Gwarancja obejmuje wylacznie wymiane niniejszego produktu firmy Intenso Gwarancja nie obejmuje normalnych objaw w zu ycia kt re s wynikiem niew a ciwego nieprawid owego u ytkowania niestaranno ci wypadku niekompatybilno ci lub jest wynikiem niewystarczaj cej wydajno ci konkretnego sprz tu lub oprogramowania komputerowego Roszczenia gwarancyjne nie obejmuj przypadk w wynikaj cych z niestosowania si do Instrukcji obs ugi firmy Intenso oraz nieprawid owego monta u u ytkowania lub uszkodzenia spowodowanego przez inne urz dzenie Je li produkt poddany zosta wstrz som wy
83. sculas Tecla para volver Acceso al men de n meros s mbolos y caracteres especiales d Space Taste espacio o entrada en blanco Comenzar confirmaci n de su entrada ES 16 Inserci n de s mbolos Para insertar un car cter especial como por ejemplo mantenga pulsado con su dedo la tecla a para acceder al men de caracteres especiales Deslice su dedo ahora al car cter especial deseado por ejemplo la y despegue el dedo de la pantalla De esta forma habr introducido una a Intenso GmbH lt http www intenso de Produkte Firmenprofi 21 22 CA 0 a da Empleo del Web Browsers e Puede desplazarse por la pantalla efectuando un movimiento de desplazamiento vertical con sus dedos Por favor no comience el movimiento en un punto men o link pues en ese caso podr an abrirse otras aplicaciones existentes e Para abrir un link de Internet pinche suavemente sobre el link La nueva p gina se abrir de forma autom tica Para abrir el Menu del navegador web pulse la tecla de menu a Aqu tiene a su disposici n distintas funciones Entre otras puede actualizar la p gina web abierta abrir una pesta a nueva configurar una p gina para que se pueda leer sin conexi n o bien cambiar a los ajustes del navegador web e Para volver a una p gina ya visitada pulse la tecla volver Para regresar directamente
84. subsecuentes por la violaci n de las condiciones de garantia y por otros dafios independientemente de cuales sean sus causas Este producto no se debe destinar a un uso comercial a niveles medicinales especiales los que una averia del producto pueda causar lesiones fallecimiento o elevados danos materiales ES 23 16 Datos tecnicos CPU 1 6 GHz Quadcore based on Cortex 9 Memora 1680083 Sistema operativo Android 4 2 2 Sistemas operativos Windows XP Vista 7 8 Linux 2 4 y superior Mac 10 6 y compatibles superior G Sensor 7 Rotaci nde360grados SNR 240V 50 60Hz DC Output 12V 2 Bateria integrada Bateria recargable de iones de litio y polimero 17 Manutencion del aparato Nunca rocie acerque un aerosol un liquido directamente a la pantalla cubierta del aparato 18 Limpieza del aparato Limpie la caja el armazon y la pantalla con un pano reblandecido libre de pelusa y de qu micos Utilice nicamente detergentes que son exclusivos para limpiar pantallas 19 Eliminaci n de aparatos electr nicos fuera de uso Los aparatos identificados con este s mbolo est n sujetos a la Directiva Europea 2002 96 EC Todos los equipamientos el ctricos y electr nicos han de separarse de la basura dom stica y deben ser eliminados por las respectivas instituciones p blicas La eliminaci n debida de equipamientos electr nicos evita la contaminaci n del medio ambie
85. t vorher nicht eingeschaltet gewesen sein startet es nun automatisch Dies kann einen Moment dauern da das Betriebssystem erst hochgefahren werden muss War das Ger t bereits eingeschaltet sollte der Computer es innerhalb weniger Sekunden automatisch erkennen 2 Auf dem Ger t wird nun der Bildschirm f r die USB Verbindung angezeigt Tippen Sie kurz auf USB Speicher aktivieren Das Ger t wird als Wechseldatentr ger erkannt und Sie erhalten die Info USB Speicher in Verwendung Nach kurzem Tippen auf die Home Taste k nnen Sie Ihr Ger t normal weiternutzen Sie haben nun von Ihrem Computer Zugriff auf den internen Speicher des Ger tes und k nnen Dateien auf das Ger t kopieren l schen oder verschieben 3 Wenn eine USB Verbindung mit dem Computer besteht wird Ihnen in der Statusleiste ein USB Symbol angezeigt In der erweiterten Statusleiste zum Offnen bitte kurz auf die Uhr in der Statusleiste tippen bekommen Sie zus tzliche Informationen und k nnen die USB Verbindung aktivieren bzw deaktivieren DE 5 e Um den Speicher zu deaktivieren w hlen Sie USB Speicher deaktivieren aus e Wahlen Sie beim Computer die Funktion Sicher Entfernen aus um das Ger t vom Computer zu trennen Hinweis Die vorinstallierten Anwendungen und das Android Betriebssystem nehmen einen Teil des vorhandenen internen Speichers ein Aus diesem Grunde steht Ihnen nicht der gesamte interne Speicher zur Verf gung
86. the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 9 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spir
87. will now be displayed o Tip With a rapid upward or downward movement the device quickly scrolls through a list after releasing the finger from the touchscreen This works for all displays that are larger than the screen We The r PV t y g mo Cow p l Note For this function a wireless Internet connection is required b Applications overview Tap briefly on the applications overview icon to open the applications overview You will see a list of all pre installed applications as well as those you have already installed Open the desired application by briefly tapping the appropriate icon Applications overview 11 c Analogue Clock Widget Tip on the analogue clock to activate or deactivate the alarm clock or to add other alarm clocks d Gallery Photo gallery Widget Tip on the gallery icon in the application overview or on the photo preview widget to open the gallery To use it there must be photos saved on the device Select the desired gallery and then again the desired image by short tapping The image will now be displayed full screen To view the next or previous image just move the current image with your finger to the left or right of the screen Place two fingers on the touchscreen and pull them apart to enlarge the image continuously If you merge the fingers again the picture is infinitely reduced By tapping briefly twice on the touchscreen
88. 1 April 1989 Ty Coon President of Vice RUS 28 12 07 2013 15 10 1 TAB 1004 5511860 amp 1999 5 EN 301 489 1 V1 9 2 e EN 301 489 17 V2 1 1 e EN 300 328 V1 7 1 2006 10 e EN 55022 2010 Class e EN 55024 2010 o EN 61000 3 2 2006 A1 2009 A2 2009 Class D e EN 61000 3 3 2008 2006 95 EC 60950 1 2006 A11 2009 A1 2010 A12 2011 A12 2012 2009 125 EC e 1275 2008 e 278 2009 ROHS 2011 65 EU Ha MOX 15 49377 Bexta
89. 12 Display completely loaded 13 Integrated speaker Front Camera Back camera 4 Package contents Please check ifthe contents are complete TAB 1004 Stereo headphones USB cable Power supply 12V 2 0A User Manual 4 5 Charging the battery Fully charge the battery of the device before using it for the first time To this end connect the supplied power cable with the device and a socket The complete charging process takes about 5 hours The charging status is displayed at the front left side of the device The LED lights up Red during the charging process and changes to Yellow as soon as the battery is fully charged Notes a With 15 remaining residual power of the battery you will get a warning message on the display To recharge the battery you should now connect the device using the AC adapter to an electrical outlet to avoid possible data loss and increase the battery life You can use the device while charging the battery To ensure long lasting battery life we ask you not to use the device To ensure good performance the built in battery must be used frequently If you use the device often please charge the battery fully at least once a month d Make sure you use only the included AC adapter for charging 6 Using a Micro SD SDHC Card This device can read data directly from a Micro SD SDHC card with a maximum capacity of 32 GB To use a Micro SD SDHC card please insert the card in the designated
90. 19 Elimina o de aparelhos electr nicos fora de USO ie 24 20 Licen a eS A es ey 25 Declara o de conformidade CE it 29 Este manual pode eventualmente n o conter todas as fun es do seu aparelho Para utilizar aplica es de operadores terceiros contacte o operador Por favor note que todas as especifica es podem ser alteradas sem pr aviso Para informa es actuais consulte www intenso de Marca Google e Google Logo e Android s o marcas da Google Todos os outros nomes de produtos ou servi os pertencem aos respectivos propriet rios 2 Avisos o Evite um embate duro do aparelho N o o coloque em superf cies inclinadas para assim evitar uma queda do aparelho o N o utilize o aparelho em zonas extremamente frias quentes h midas ou cheias de p Evite tamb m a exposi o directa ao sol o Evite a utiliza o em lugares arenosos o N o utilize o aparelho em proximidades com risco a explos es tais como bombas de gasolina o Evite a utiliza o sob almofadas sof s ou outros objectos que apoiem a cria o de calor pois existe risco de sobre aquecimento do aparelho o Guarde regularmente os seus dados para evitar uma eventual perda de dados N o somos respons veis por uma eventual perda de dados N o separe a liga o no momento de transfer ncia de dados ou formata o do aparelho pois pode causar uma perda
91. 8 Touchscreen Dieses Ger t wird ber einen Touchscreen gesteuert Sie k nnen mit Ihren Fingern durch leichtes Tippen auf den Touchscreen ganz einfach Anwendungen starten Texte auf der virtuellen Tastatur eingeben und durch wischen in die jeweilige Richtung zwischen den einzelnen Startbildschirmen wechseln Bitte entfernen Sie die Display Schutzfolie vor der Verwendung des Ger tes Der Touchscreen erkennt geringe elektrische Ladungen wie sie beispielsweise vom menschlichen Finger abgegeben wird und bestimmt so den Eingabepunkt Nutzen Sie f r die Eingabe also idealerweise Ihre Fingerspitzen Die Bedienung mit einem Stift oder anderen spitzen Gegenst nden ist nicht m glich Der Touchscreen sollte nicht mit Wasser oder anderen elektrischen Vorrichtungen in Ber hrung kommen um Fehlfunktionen und dauerhafte Defekte zu vermeiden Hinweise a Wird der Touchscreen zwei Minuten lang nicht bedient wechselt das Ger t in den Standby Modus Dr cken Sie kurz die Ein Aus Taste um in den aktiven Modus zu wechseln b Um ungew nschte Eingaben zu verhindern ist automatisch eine Tastensperre aktiviert Entriegeln Sie bitte die Tastensperre auf dem Touchscreen Ber hren Sie das geschlossene Schloss auf dem Display und halten Sie dieses gedr ckt Ziehen Sie nun das Schloss auf das soeben erschienende ge ffnete Schloss und l sen Sie dann Ihren Finger vom Display Der Bildschirm ist nun entsperrt Sie k nnen das Ger t in alle Richtu
92. AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 INNO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER IT 28 PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms To do so attach the following notices to the program It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty and each file should have at least the copyright line and a pointer to where the full notice is found one line to give the program s name and an idea of what it does Copyright C yyyy name of author This program is free software you
93. DAHHbIE N usa ss danser a A a wd D E A a ii 21 liaison aa AMA Nina NDA S a AE ee 22 22 14 aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa wiwa 23 18 a ados ina 23 TB rele ear 24 PAS 24 18 OFKEMAYGCIPA NCIEJ daa 24 19 24 20 NIKUOHSKAMNGGHMALUA O ei eri iaia RR AA ENER RA SERIEN 25 TOBAPA aaa wa aaa aaa aaa aaa aaa 29 OT
94. F r diese Funktion ist eine WLAN Verbindung zum Internet erforderlich DE 11 b Anwendungs bersicht Tippen Sie kurz auf das Anwendungsubersicht Icon um die Anwendungsubersicht zu offnen Sie sehen nun eine bersicht aller vorinstallierten und bereits von Ihnen installierten Anwendungen Offnen Sie die gew nschte Anwendung durch kurzes Tippen auf das entsprechende Icon Anwendungs bersicht c Analoge Uhr Widget Tippen Sie auf die analoge Uhr um den Wecker zu aktivieren oder zu deaktivieren oder weitere Wecker hinzuzuf gen d Galerie Fotogalerie Widget Tippen Sie auf das Galerie Icon in der Anwendungs bersicht oder auf das Fotovorschau Widget um die Galerie zu ffnen Zur Nutzung m ssen Fotos auf dem Ger t gespeichert sein W hlen Sie die gew nschte Galerie und anschlie end das gew nschte Bild durch erneutes kurzes Tippen aus Das Bild wird Ihnen nun als Vollbild dargestellt DE 12 Tippen Sie auf das Fotosymbol CE um zwischen verschiedenen Gruppierungsmoglichkeiten w hlen Um das nachste oder vorherige Bild angezeigt zu bekommen schieben Sie das aktuelle Bild mit dem Finger einfach nach links oder rechts aus dem Display Legen Sie zwei Finger auf den Touchscreen und ziehen Sie diese auseinander um das Bild stufenlos zu vergr ern Wenn Sie die Finger wieder zusammenf hren wird das Bild stufenlos verkleinert Tippen Sie kurz und schnell doppelt auf den Touchscreen wird das Bild
95. Mail Anwendung das Standard Konto aufgerufen DE 14 Verwaltung der E Mail Accounts Hinzuf gen eines neuen Postfaches 1 Offnen Sie die E Mail Anwendung und tippen Sie auf die Menu Taste ik zum Anzeigen der weiteren Optionen Wahlen Sie den Men punkt Einstellungen und anschlieRend Konto hinzufugen um ein neues Postfach anzulegen 2 Folgen Sie dem Einrichtungsassistenten um ein neues Postfach anzulegen L schen eines Postfaches 1 Offnen Sie die E Mail Anwendung und tippen Sie auf die Men Taste zum Anzeigen der weiteren Optionen Wahlen Sie den Men punkt Einstellungen und anschlie end Konto entfernen um das gew nschte Postfach zu l schen berpr fen der Kontoeigenschaften 1 ffnen Sie die E Mail Anwendung und tippen Sie auf die Men Taste a zum Anzeigen der weiteren Optionen und wahlen Sie Einstellungen aus Auf der linken Seite des Men s werden jetzt alle bereits angelegten Postfacher angezeigt 2 Tippen auf das gewunschte Postfach um die Kontoeinstellungen anzuzeigen 3 Tippen Sie auf die zu andernde Kontoeinstellung um die gew nschten Eintr ge vorzunehmen Anzeige von E Mail Nachrichten ffnen Sie die E Mail Anwendung durch kurzes Tippen auf das E Mail Icon Ihr bereits angelegtes Postfach wird nun angezeigt e Durch eine vertikale Wischbewegung k nnen Sie durch Ihre E Mails scrollen Tippen Sie kurz auf eine bestimmte E Mail um diese zu ffnen e Ti
96. Messina EEE 14 da versand 7 Empia gYONE MallS oce nd dna nada Add Ud ce 14 Einrichtung Ihres E Mail Pasttaches ao A RA RO Eo SS A 14 verwalling derE Mall ACCOUNTS sas aloe 15 Anzeige von E Mail Nachrichten aaa 15 schreiben E Re Re lauern lese 15 BB Kalender nasse ee ee ee ee ee 16 cc L sen von Office Dokumenten ao AGO A Alo A 16 itale eli NTN A NR NR 16 A O A OAZA ee O O JA 17 Nutzung der virtuellen 17 Web Browse S AA 18 LE 18 LC IE RR RR ETERO 18 VIa RA RE 19 E 19 11 System Einstellungen RR DNA E 21 EsicliUngsubersichbe lile PR PR ARK AE AR A ili ili RR 22 12 Verwaltung von Anwendungen ooo RO Rn 23 Installation von Anwendungen O EW OE ee 23 Deinstallation von ANWERGUNMO GM sc nenne rennen 23 capaci o asa 0 qye EN DEE 24 Durch Dateien und Ordner navigieren elisa 24 Bie Toolbar Nu Eee ia LO a eee eee 24 Dateien und Ordner kopieren verschieben und umbenennen sise 24 o e 25 15 Eingeschr nkte aka ee WAY KYLE GSG sp i 25 16 Technische RR RR eek 26 17 Wartung des Gelsi 26 18 S uberung
97. NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 INNO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PL 27 PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms To do so attach the foll
98. OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER EN 27 PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms To do so attach the following notices to the program It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty and each file should have at least the copyright line and a pointer to where the full notice is found one line to give the program s name and an idea of what it does Copyright C yyyy name of author This program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 of the License or at your option any later version This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU General Public License for more details You should
99. Tippen Sie auf Fertig um die Einrichtung abzuschlie en Ihr E Mail Postfach wird als Standard Postfach ausgew hlt wenn Sie die Option E Mails standardm ig von diesem Konto senden ausw hlen 3 Sie k nnen Ihr E Mail Postfach auch manuell einrichten Geben Sie Ihre E Mail Adresse und Ihr zugeh riges Passwort ein und tippen Sie anschlie end auf Manuelles Setup um die E Mail Server Informationen einzugeben 4 W hlen Sie zwischen den Servertypen POP3 IMAP oder Exchange f r eingehende E Mails aus Hinweis Wenn Sie nicht wissen welche Einstellungen Sie vornehmen m ssen kontaktieren Sie bitte Ihren E Mail Provider Ihren Netzwerkadministrator oder suchen Sie mit Begriffen wie etwa POP Adresse und Namen Ihres Provider nach den ben tigten Informationen im Internet Dur ch 5 Geben Sie die ben tigten Informationen ein Server Port etc 6 W hlen Sie den Servertyp f r ausgehende E Mails aus und geben Sie die ben tigten Informationen ein 7 Tippen Sie Weiter um im Men fortzufahren Die E Mail Anwendung berpr ft nun die get tigten Server Einstellungen Nach erfolgreichem Anlegen sehen Sie die Meldung Your account is set up and email is on its way Ihr Konto ist jetzt eingerichtet 8 Vergeben Sie einen Namen f r Ihr Postfach und tippen Sie auf Fertig um den Vorgang abzuschlie en Hinweis Sollten Sie mehr als einen Email Account besitzen wird bei jedem Start der E
100. a folder containing both icons is automatically created Tap the folder to view the containing icons and then select the desired icon by tapping it briefly You can also add widgets to the main screen To do that please tap the button in the top right corner of the main screen and the application menu will be opened Now tap the word widgets All widgets available on the device are now presented to you Adding a widget to the main screen works exactly like adding an icon If you want to change your background image just tap a free place on the main screen and keep pressing the display until the background selection menu appears EN 9 Using several home screens Five main screens that can be individually set up are provided You can easily switch between them by wiping the screen lightly to the left or right Pressing the home button will always take you automatically back to the middle home screen Pre installed applications and widgets on the home screen A Link to Google search B Application overview C Analogue clock D Photo gallery E Apps on the main screen E Music rapid access G Status bar Back Home recently used programmes time WiFi battery status EN 10 a Search bar for Google search og Google Tap the magnifier briefly to open the Google search function Enter the desired search item using the virtual keyboard and then press go All available search results of the Google search
101. a la pantalla de inicio pulse la tecla e Para insertar un texto pinche en el campo correspondiente y emplee el teclado virtual para insertar el texto Advertencia esta funci n requiere una conexi n a Internet WLAN ff E libro Toque el s mbolo del E libro para visualizar su librer a Para el tiene que haber E libros en formatos soportados almacenados en el dispositivo En el punto correspondiente de estas instrucciones puede leer c mo almacenar archivos en el dispositivo gg Camera Toque brevemente el icon camera para arrancar la funci n de la c mara Encontrar diferentes s mbolos para modificar los ajustes de la c mara cambiar la c mara hacer zooms y cambiar entre funci n de foto y de v deo ES 17 hh Video Pulse brevemente el de video en la pantalla de inicio en el resumen de aplicaciones para abrir la reproduccion de videos Le van a ser mostrados diferentes archivos de video procedentes de una lista Escoja el archivo deseado pinchando brevemente y el video comenzara Pantalla de reproduccion Bajar el volumen Barra de tiempo Aumentar volumen Colocar marcador Ajustar la luminosidad de la pantalla V deo anterior Rebobinar Reproducci n Pausa FR E V deo siguiente Bobinar Na Alterar formato de presentaci n 10 Volver e Pulse gt para iniciar la reproducci n e Pulse para interrumpir la reproduccion e Pulse para acceder
102. all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical dis
103. also meet all of these conditions a You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change b You must cause any work that you distribute or publish that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License c If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run you must cause it when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty or else saying that you provide a warranty and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions and telling the user how to view a copy of this License Exception if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be o
104. amp Hier k nnen Sie Ihre Systemeinstellungen und Anwendungsdaten auf Zur cksetzen Google Servern sichern Des Weiteren k nnen Sie die Werkseinstellungen wiederherstellen ACHTUNG Dazu werden alle auf dem Ger t gespeicherten Daten gel scht Datum amp Uhrzeit Hier k nnen Sie das Datum die Uhrzeit die Zeitzone und das Anzeigeformat festlegen Konto hinzuf gen Hier k nnen Sie verschiedene Konten hinzuf gen ber das Tablet Zeigt Ihnen Informationen ber das Ger t 22 12 Verwaltung von Anwendungen Vorinstallierte Anwendungen Dieses Ger t wird mit bereits vorinstallierten Anwendungen ausgeliefert Eine bersicht der bereits installierten Anwendungen finden Sie der Anwendungsubersicht Hierzu geh ren unter anderem der Video Player Audio Player Internet Browser Alarm Rechner und noch einige mehr Um eine dieser Anwendungen zu Offnen tippen Sie kurz auf das zugehorige Icon Installation von Anwendungen Um Anwendungen auf dem Ger t zu installieren f hren Sie bitte die folgenden Schritte aus 1 Laden Sie die Software herunter beispielsweise aus dem Androidpit Market Stellen Sie sicher dass es sich um eine APK Datei handelt 2 Sollten Sie die Dateien auf Ihren Computer heruntergeladen haben verbinden Sie das Ger t per USB Kabel mit Ihrem Computer und kopieren Sie die Dateien auf den internen Speicher 3 Trennen Sie das Ger t vom Computer und ffnen Sie den Explorer um die kopier
105. and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code 4 You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by RUS 26 law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Program or any work based on the Program you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it 6 Each time you redistribute the Program or any work based on the Program the recipient
106. are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs and that you know you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that you have You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with two steps 1 copyright the software and 2 offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the software Also for each author s protection and ours we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software If the software is modified by someone else and passed on we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors reputations Finally any free program is threatened constantly by software patents We
107. avvier automaticamente Questo pu durare qualche momento in quanto il sistema operativo deve essere prima caricato Se l apparecchio era gi acceso il computer dovrebbe riconoscerlo automaticamente entro pochi secondi 2 Sull apparecchio comparir quindi la schermata per il collegamento USB Toccare brevemente Attivare memoria USB L apparecchio verr riconosciuto come supporto di memoria rimuovibile e ricever il messaggio Memoria USB in utilizzo Dopo aver toccato brevemente il tasto Home si potr continuare ad utilizzare normalmente l apparecchio Avra ora accesso dal Suo computer alla memoria interna dell apparecchio e potr copiare cancellare o spostare files sullapparecchio 3 Se vi una connessione USB con il computer nella barra di stato si vedr il simbolo USB Nella barra di stato ampliata per aprirla premere brevemente sull orologio che si trova nella barra di stato sono disponibili maggiori informazioni ed possibile attivare o disattivare la connessione USB e Per disattivare la memoria selezionare Disattiva memoria USB Sul computer selezionare la funzione Rimozione sicura 5 per staccare il dispositivo dal computer Nota Le applicazioni gi installate e il sistema operativo Android occupano una parte della memoria interna Per questo motivo non a Sua disposizione l intera memoria interna 8 Touchscreen Questo dispositivo viene comandato mediante un touch scree
108. cabo de unos segundos 2 Enel aparato se muestra ahora la pantalla con la conexi n USB Pulse brevemente la tecla de activaci n de la memoria de USB El aparato se reconocer como soporte de datos m viles y usted recibir la informaci n de la memoria de USB en funcionamiento Tras pulsar brevemente la tecla Home puede volver a utilizar el aparato de forma normal Desde su ordenador tiene ahora acceso a la memoria interna del aparato y puede copiar eliminar o mover datos del aparato 3 Si existe una conexi n USB con el ordenador le aparecer un simbolo de USB en la barra de estado En la barra de estado ampliada obtendr informaci n adicional y podr activar o desactivar la conexi n USB pulse brevemente en el reloj de la barra de estado para abrirla ES 5 Para desactivar la memoria elija desactivar memoria USB e Elija en el ordenador la funci n Retirar de forma segura para separar el dispositivo del ordenador Nota las aplicaciones instaladas en el sistema operativo Android ocupan una parte de la memoria interna dada Por este motivo no se encuentra la totalidad de la memoria interna a su disposici n 8 Pantalla t ctil Este dispositivo se maneja mediante una pantalla t ctil Puede iniciar aplicaciones introducir textos con el teclado virtual pulsando brevemente en la pantalla t ctil y cambiar entre las diversas pantallas de inicio deslizandolas hacia la direcci n deseada Por favor retir
109. causare danni permanenti all udito Al fine di evitare un possibile rischio alla salute causato da un volume troppo elevato Le consigliamo di utilizzare le cuffie contenute nel volume di consegna Per motivi di sicurezza nel traffico l apparecchio non pu essere utilizzato durante la guida dal conducente stesso 3 Quadro generale dell apparecchio 18 10 11 en Tasto On premere a lungo per 6 spegnere l apparecchio premere 7 brevemente per passare dalla 8 modalit standby alla modalit attiva 9 Porta 3 5mm per cuffie Porta micro USB HDMI Ingresso DC 12V 2A Volume 10 Slot per micro scheda SD Indicatore di ricarica rosso durante 11 Microfono integrato il procedimento di ricarica giallo a 12 Touchscreen ricarica completa 13 Altoparlanti integrati Fotocamera frontale Camera posteriore 4 Contenuto della confezione Verificare la completezza del contenuto del pacchetto TAB 1004 Cuffie stereo Cavo USB Trasformatore 12V 2 0A Istruzioni 5 Caricamento della batteria Ricaricare completamente la batteria prima del primo utilizzo Collegare l alimentatore in dotazione all apparecchio e a una presa La ricarica completa dura circa 5 ore Lo stato della ricarica viene visualizzato sul lato anteriore sinis
110. change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs and that you know you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that you have You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with two steps 1 copyright the software and 2 offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the software Also for each author s protection and ours we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software If the software is modified by someone else and passed on we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors reputations Finally any free program is threatened constantly by software patents We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses in effect making the program proprietary To prevent this we have made it clear that any patent
111. des SSNS ooo o RO eme set A ed ice inde ire ete hc ave ie cee mie eve ieee eda 26 19 Entsorg ng von EleKiOEAIABISION Ovada buoi 26 A cic cB lt Be pg ps as 27 EG Konformit tserkl rung cic ri sisi i asic o PE a ai ER O de ad a 31 Dieses Handbuch enth lt unter Umst nden nicht alle Funktionen Ihres Ger tes Fur die Nutzung von Anwendungen die von Drittanbietern stammen kontaktieren Sie bitte den Anbieter Bitte beachten Sie dass alle Angaben ohne vorherige Ank ndigung ge ndert werden k nnen Aktuelle Informationen finden Sie unter www intenso de Markenzeichen Google das Google Logo und Android sind Marken von Google Alle anderen Produkt oder Servicenamen sind Eigentum ihrer jeweiligen Inhaber 2 Hinweise o Vermeiden Sie einen harten Aufprall des Gerates Legen Sie es nicht auf schrage Flachen um einen Sturz des Gerates zu vermeiden e Verwenden Sie das Ger t nicht in extrem kalten hei en feuchten oder staubigen Gebieten Setzen Sie es ebenfalls keinen direkten Sonnenstrahlen aus Vermeiden Sie die Nutzung auf sandigen Platzen o Verwenden Sie das Ger t nicht in explosionsgef hrdeten Umgebungen wie zum Beispiel an den Zapfs ulen einer Tankstelle o Vermeiden Sie die Benutzung auf Kissen Sofas oder anderen Gegenstanden die eine W rmeentwicklung unterst tzen da die Gefahr einer berhitzung des Ger tes besteht o F hren Sie h ufiger Datensiche
112. direttamente da quel punto e Premere i tasti volume sul lato del dispositivo per regolare il volume e Per aprire l anteprima della lista di riproduzione attuale tocchi il simbolo della lista di riproduzione El Tocchi un titolo per riprodurlo direttamente e Per modificare la modalit di riproduzione tocchi il simbolo della modalit di riproduzione el e Per raggiungere la schermata iniziale tocchi il tasto Home z La riproduzione musicale non viene in questo modo arrestata In tal modo pu ad esempio navigare in internet col browser e allo stesso tempo ascoltare la musica Tocchi di nuovo l icona della Musica per ritornare alla riproduzione musicale Nella modalit di riproduzione pu effettuare ulteriori impostazioni Tocchi a questo scopo brevemente il Tasto di Men Biblioteca Viene visualizzato un quadro generale di tutti i files musicali presenti Party Shuffle Attivare o disattivare la modalit Party Shuffle Aggiungere alla playlist Aggiungere il titolo riprodotto al momento ad una playlist Cancellare Cancellare il titolo riprodotto al momento Effetti sonori Stabilire un effetto sonoro per la riproduzione musicale IT 20 11 Impostazioni sistema Toccare nel menu Applicazioni l icona Impostazioni per richiamare le impostazioni di sistema e Sul lato sinistro del menu si trovano le singole categorie Premendo brevemente sulla voce di menu che interessa vengono visualizzate le possibi
113. eee etter GA A AG O ene 22 U ywanie paska narz dzi ig E ES E O A 22 Kopiowanie przenoszenie i zmiana nazwy pliku i folderu 22 Menadzer zada 23 15 Warunki ograniczonej gwarancji zaa co O ee riapre 23 16 Dane 47 RU RR RR RR RR RR RO RR RR 24 17 Konserwacjaurzalzenla banana ee tra dase aa dn din 24 18 Sayszczenie TMA ti i a i ah ih a a 24 19 Utylizacja zu ytych rz dze 24 licencja A eee ee 25 Eee 29 Niniejsza instrukcja moze nie zawiera opisu wszystkich funkcji Twojego urzadzenia W przypadku korzystania 2 aplikacji zewn trznych dostawc w w celu uzyskania informacji prosimy o kontakt z danym dostawc Prosimy pami ta e wszystkie dane mog zosta zmienione bez wcze niejszego powiadomienia Aktualne informacje mo na znale na stronie www intenso de Znaki firmowe Google logo Google i Android TM s markami firmy Google Wszystkie inne nazwy produkt w i us ug s w asno ci swoich w a cicieli 2 Ostrze enia e Nale y unika mocnego uderzania urz dzenia Nie nale y k a urz dzenia na pochy ych powierzchniach aby unikn upadku urz dzenia e Nie nalezy uzywac urzadzenia w warunkach bardzo nis
114. entradas de s mbolos d Space Taste espa o come ar confirmar a sua entrada Inserir s mbolos Para digitar s mbolos especiais como por exemplo toque por alguns segundos com seus dedos sobre a letra que aparecer o menu dos s mbolos especiais Deslize o dedo sobre o simbolo desejado por exemplo o a e leve o novamente do display Assim o a foi introduzido Intenso GmbH lt Q http www intenso de Firmenprofil Support Kontakt Karriere Presse o 16 Utilizagao do Web Browser Pode deslocar se pela visualiza o ecr se efectuar um movimento vertical com o seu dedo Por favor n o inicie o movimento num ponto no menu ou num link pois pode abrir o atalho existente e Para abrir um link na internet toque simplesmente no link A pagina nova abre automaticamente Para abrir o menu do Web Browser clique sobre o teclado menu Ser o visualizadas v rias fun es Entre elas poss vel atualizar p ginas Web abertas abrir um novo Tab ler as p ginas Web off line ou mudar as configura es do Web Browser e Para voltar a p gina anterior prima em voltar e Para voltar directamente ao ecr inicial prima em Home a e Para inserir um texto toque no campo correspondente utilize o teclado virtual para inserir o texto Nota Esta fun o requer uma liga o WLAN Internet ff E Book Toque no s mbolo de E book para mostrar a sua estante de
115. gt AOC de 4 4 7 Contenu de l emballage NE 4 5 Chargement de la batterie aoc i OPO eri ali 5 6 Utilisation d une carte Micro SD iii 5 7 Transmission de donn es entre l appareil et un GFdINAIEUFsowaniowasiowoni waniawani wawiacani wanitwanawi woni ee 5 AP e a E E 6 CEE A RR 7 Connexion A RE AO II 7 Conexion mau cl SEG ss Ss eet e ss 7 10 eat 8 ARN ee 8 D verrouillage de MEA sok a Ea EO o 8 Barre RR 9 R glage de 9 aa 10 Applications preinstallees sur l cran d accueil u a ei 10 a Barre de recherche pour la recherche sur Google er elena Eck yw w w 11 E ABEISU d s applicat 11 c Heure analogique Widget 22 een 12 d Album photo Widget ice eee 12 e Applications pr install es sur l cran d accueil ii 13 aa Exp dition reception des Call ERA DR RN RR DD 13 Configuration de votre bo te aux lettres
116. have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program if not write to the Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail If the program is interactive make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode Gnomovision version 69 Copyright C year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY for details type show w This is free software and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions type show c for details The hypothetical commands show w and show c should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License Of course the commands you use may be called something other than show w and show they could even be mouse clicks or menu items whatever suits your program You should also get your employer if you work as a programmer or your school if any to sign a Copyright disclaimer for the program if necessary Here is a sample alter the names Yoyodyne Inc hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program Gnomovision which makes passes at compilers written by James Hacker signature of Ty Coon 1 April 1989 Ty Coon President of Vice EN 28 Intenso GmbH Date 12 July 2013 EC Declaration of Conformity We the company Intenso GmbH with headquarters located at Diepholzerstr 15
117. in 49377 Vechta Germany Declare under our sole responsibility that the product Model 10 1 TAB 1004 item no 5511860 Description Tablet computer is in conformity with the provisions of the following Council Directives Directive R amp TTE 1999 5 CE e EN 301 489 1 V1 9 2 e EN 301 489 17 V2 1 1 e EN 300 328 V1 7 1 2006 10 e EN 55022 2010 Class B e EN 55024 2010 e EN 61000 3 2 2006 A1 2009 A2 2009 Class D e EN 61000 3 3 2008 Low Voltage Directive 2006 95 EC e EN 60950 1 2006 A11 2009 A1 2010 A12 2011 A12 correction 2012 Ecodesign Directive 2009 125 EC o 1275 2008 e 278 2009 ROHS Directive 2011 65 EU The technical documents related to the device mentioned above have been deposited at Intenso GmbH Diepholzerstr 15 49377 Vechta Germany Authorized Representative EN 29 Istruzioni per l uso di TAB 1004 Molte grazie per aver scelto il TAB 1004 La invitiamo a leggere e seguire le presenti istruzioni che Le forniranno informazioni relativamente alle pi importanti funzioni dell apparecchio 1 Indice We 1 NOUS RR SS 2 3 Quadro generale dell Appafetchid criar 4 4 Contenuto della confezione 4 5 Caricamento della iii alien eee ei eee ide 5 6 Utilizzo di una scheda Micro SD SDHC ici AE aaa an Estande Sanga i ainda aa nn na 5 7 Trasmissione di dati tra e un
118. inserte las informaciones necesarias 7 Pulse continuar para continuar con el men La aplicaci n de e mail verifica ahora las configuraciones del servicio efectuadas Una vez concluida la instalaci n de manera satisfactoria aparece el siguiente aviso tu cuenta est instalada y los emails est n de camino Su cuenta est ahora configurada 8 Proporcione un nombre a su cuenta y pulse terminar para concluir el proceso Nota si posee m s de una direcci n de correo electr nico tendr acceso a la cuenta general siempre que se inicie la aplicaci n de e mail ES 13 Administracion de una cuenta de correo electronico Agregar un buzon de correo nuevo 1 Abra la aplicacion de correo electronico y pulse en la tecla Menu O para mostrar las opciones adicionales Seleccione el punto de menu Ajustes y despu s A adir cuenta para crear un nuevo buz n de correo 2 Siga el asistente de configuraci n para crear un nuevo buz n de correo Borrar un buz n de correo 1 Abra la aplicaci n de correo electr nico y pulse en la tecla Menu a para mostrar las opciones adicionales Seleccione el punto de menu Ajustes y despu s Eliminar cuenta para borrar la cuenta deseada Comprobaci n de las propiedades de las cuentas 1 Abra la aplicaci n de correo electr nico y pulse en la tecla Menu a para mostrar las opciones adicionales y seleccione Ajustes En el lado izquierdo del menu aparece
119. is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file dd AndroidPIT App urz dzeniu fabrycznie zainstalowany jest AndroidPIT App Tutaj mo na znale r ne aplikacje testy blog i forum Dalsze wskaz wki i pomoc dotycz c App Centers mo na znale na stronie internetowej dostawcy pod adresem www androidpit de Wskaz wka Ta funkcja wymaga po czenia poprzez sie bezprzewodow z Internetem PL 15 ee Przegladarka internetowa Aby uruchomi przegl dark internetow nale y nacisn na ikon Przegl darka 3 na ekranie startowym Aby otworzy stron internetow nale y nacisn na g rne pole wprowadzania adresu internetowego Wirtualna klawiatura otworzy sie i mo na wpisa adres wybranej strony internetowej Nast pnie nale y nacisn przycisk Przejd lub symbol strza ki obok pola wprowadzania aby otworzy t stron internetow Wskaz wka Nie wszystkie sieci zapewniaj dost p do Internetu Niekt re sieci zapewniaj jedynie dost p do pod czonych serwer w lokalnych a nie potaczenie z Internetem Korzystanie z wirtualnej klawiatury Aby otworzy wirtualn klawiatur nale y nacisn na pole wprowadzania Teraz mo na wprowadza tekst lub wywo a strony internetowe a Caps Lock pisanie du ych i ma ych liter Backspace cofni cie o jedn p
120. jak najlepsz wydajno konieczne jest cz ste korzystanie z wbudowanego akumulatora Je li urz dzenie jest rzadko u ywane to prosz przynajmniej raz w miesi cu w pe ni na adowa akumulator d Nale y zapewni e u ywany jest wy cznie dostarczony z urz dzeniem zasilacz 6 Korzystanie z karty micro SD SDHC Urz dzenie to mo e odczytywa dane bezpo rednio z karty Micro SD SDHC Karte o maksymalnej pojemno ci 32 GB Aby u ywa karty Micro SD SDHC nale y w o y t kart do przeznaczonego do tego dniazda Micro SD po lewej stronie urz dzenia Aby uzyska dost p do danych zapisanych na karcie pami ci nale y skorzysta z zainstalowanego fabrycznie Eksploatora Nale y w tym celu wybra w Eksploatorze folder SD Card 7 Przenoszenie danych pomi dzy urz dzeniem a komputerem 1 Urz dzenie po czy za pomoc za czonego przewodu USB z komputerem Je li urz dzenie nie by o wcze niej w czone zostanie teraz automatycznie uruchomione Trwa to chwil gdy najpierw musi zosta uruchomiony system operacyjny Je li urz dzenie by o ju w czone to komputer powinien je rozpozna automatycznie w ci gu kilku sekund 2 Na urz dzeniu wy wietlony zostanie ekran po czenia USB Nale y kr tko nacisn na Aktywowanie pami ci USB Urz dzenie zostanie rozpoznane jako wymienny no nik pami ci i wy wietlona zostanie informacja Pami USB w u yciu Po kr tkim naci ni ciu
121. na przycisk Home mo na normalnie korzysta z urz dzenia Teraz posiadasz dost p ze swojego komputera do wewn trznej pami ci urz dzenia i mo esz kopiowa usuwa lub przenosi pliki na urz dzenie 3 Je li istnieje po czenie USB z komputerem to w pasku stanu wy wietla si symbol USB W rozszerzonym pasku stanu aby otworzy nale y kr tko nacisn na zegar wy wietlane s dodatkowe informacje oraz mo na aktywowa wzgl deaktywowa po czenie USB PL 5 Aby deaktywowa no nik danych nale y wybra opcj Deaktywuj pami USB komputerze nale y wybra funkcj Bezpieczne usuwanie 5 aby odtaczy urzadzenie od komputera Wskaz wka Fabrycznie zainstalowane aplikacje oraz system Android zajmuja cze zainstalowanej pamieci wewn trznej Z tego powodu do dyspozycji nie jest dost pna ca o wewn trznej pami ci 8 Ekran dotykowy Urz dzenie jest sterowane za pomoc ekranu dotykowego Delikatnie naciskaj c palcem na ekran dotykowy mo na bardzo atwo uruchamia aplikacje wpisywa teksty za pomoc wirtualnej klawiatury i przez przesuwanie palcem w odpowiednim kierunku prze cza pomi dzy pojedynczymi ekranami startowymi Prosz usun foli ochronn wy wietlacza przed u yciem urz dzenia Ekran dotykowy rozpoznaje drobne adunki elektryczne jak na przyk ad te przekazywane przez ludzki palec i ustala w ten spos b punkt wprowadza
122. palcem symbol kt dki zgodnie 2 kierunkiem strzatki Wskaz wka Przeci gnij symbol k dki na wy wietlony symbol kamery aby bezpo rednio otworzy aplikacj aparatu fotograficznego PL 8 Pasek stanu Znajduje sie w dolnym obszarze ekranu startowego Ma on nastepujace funkcje Uzywane ostatnio programy Krok w tyt Wskaznik baterii Wywotywanie Ekranu domowego Wyswietlane sq tutaj informacje o Potaczenie sieci bezprzewodowej u ywanych ostatnio programach sile sygna u bie cego po czenia z sieci bezprzewodow aktualnym czasie bie cym stanie na adowania akumulatora Mo na wywo a nast puj ce funkcje e wywo a ekran startowy e w wywo anym menu cofn sie krok e uruchomic ostatnio uzywane programy Krotkim nacisnieciem zegar otwiera sie pasek stanu Tutaj wyswietlane biezace komunikaty stanu Ponowne nacisniecie na zegar rozwinietym pasku stanu powoduje wySwietlenie przycisk w szybkiego dostepu jak na przyktad dostep do ustawien Dopasowanie ekranu startowego Ekran startowy mozna bardzo tatwo dopasowa do swoich indywidualnych potrzeb usuna ikone nale y troszk d u ej nacisn palcem na t ikon i przeci gn ja do wySwietlonego symbol X Teraz nale y pu ci palec z ekranu dotykowego i ikona zostanie usuni ta Aby umie ci ikon z przegl du aplikacji na ekranie startowym nale y nacisn w przegl dzie aplikac
123. passed on we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors reputations Finally any free program is threatened constantly by software patents We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses in effect making the program proprietary To prevent this we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone s free use or not licensed at all The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0 This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License The Program below refers to any such program or work and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running the Program is not restricted and the output from th
124. que n o contenha produtos qu micos Utilize apenas detergentes especiais para o ecr 19 Elimina o de aparelhos electr nicos fora de uso Aparelhos identificados com este s mbolo est o sujeitos Directiva Europeia 2002 96 EC Todos os equipamentos el ctricos e electr nicos devem ser separados do lixo dom stico e eliminados pelas respectivas institui es p blicas A elimina o devida de equipamentos electr nicos evita a polui o do ambiente Intenso 49377 Vechta Germany www intenso de PT 24 20 Licen a informa o Notice of GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE and LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENCE Dear Customer If interested you and any third party can download the source code of used GPL LGPL from Intenso Webpage hitp www intenso de The source code of the desired product is available to anyone on the selection of valid product category and the desired device In the product details you will find the entry drivers Open this menu to download the corresponding GPL LGPL code For a fee of 35 delivery to another country as Germany it is also possible to obtain this code by postal delivery More information about the GPL LGPL Licence can you find on following website www gnu org GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute
125. run you must cause it when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty or else saying that you provide a warranty and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions and telling the user how to view a copy of this License Exception if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program wi
126. run you must cause it when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty or else saying that you provide a warranty and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions and telling the user how to view a copy of this License Exception if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program wi
127. s source code as you receive it in any RUS 25 medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Program and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions a You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change b You must cause any work that you distribute or publish that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License c If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run you must cause it when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty or else saying that you provide a warranty and that user
128. sbloccato ONO THU 7 18 2013 Trascini il simbolo del lucchetto con le dita nella direzione della freccia Nota Trascinare il simbolo del lucchetto sul simbolo comparso della fotocamera per aprire direttamente della fotocamera Barra di stato La barra di stato si trova nella parte inferiore dello schermo Possiede le seguenti funzioni Ultimi programmi utilizzati Apre la schermata Home Collegamento WLAN Qui ottenete informazioni riguardo programmi usati di recente la potenza del segnale dell attuale connessione WIFI l orario attuale lo stato di carica attuale della batteria Potete eseguire le seguenti operazioni o avviare la schermata d avvio e tornare indietro di un passo nel menu attualmente aperto o consultare i programmi usati di recente Toccando delicatamente l orologio si apre la barra di stato ampliata Qui vengono visualizzati messaggi di stato correnti Toccando ancora una volta l orologio nella barra di stato ampliata vengono visualizzati diversi accessi rapidi come per esempio l accesso alle impostazioni Adattamento della schermata di avvio possibile adattare la schermata di avvio alle proprie esigenze individuali in modo molto semplice Se si vuole cancellare un icona toccare un po pi a lungo con il dito l icona e spostarla sul simbolo X scoperto Togliere ora il dito dal touch screen e l icona viene cancellata Se si desidera spost
129. system take up some of the existing internal memory For this reason you cannot dispose of the entire internal memory 8 Touchscreen This device is operated via touchscreen You can easily start applications by tapping the touchscreen lightly with your fingers enter texts on the virtual keyboard and switch between the individual main screens by wiping in the respective direction Please remove the protective film from the display before using the device The touchscreen detects small electrical charges as for example emitted by human fingers and thus determines the input point Use for input ideally your fingertips Operation with a pen or other sharp objects is not possible The touchscreen should not be exposed to water or other electrical devices to avoid malfunctions and permanent defects Notes a Ifthe touchscreen is not operated for two minutes the device goes into standby mode Briefly press the on off button to switch to active mode b To prevent unwanted input a lock mode is activated automatically Please unlock the keypad on the touchscreen by simply dragging the lock icon from the bottom to the top of the screen The device will now switch to the home screen Touch the closed lock the display and keep it pressed Draw the lock now to the open lock E just appearing on the display and release your finger from the display The screen is now unlocked You can rotate the device in all directions It has a sensor t
130. to sign a Copyright disclaimer for the program if necessary Here is a sample alter the names Yoyodyne Inc hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program Gnomovision which makes passes at compilers written by James Hacker signature of Ty Coon 1 April 1989 Ty Coon President of Vice DE 30 Intenso GmbH Datum 12 07 2013 EG Konformitatserklarung Wir die Intenso GmbH mit Sitz in der Diepholzerstr 15 in 49377 Vechta Deutschland erklaren auf eigene Verantwortung dass das Produkt Modell 10 1 Intenso TAB1004 Artikel Nr 5511860 Beschreibung Tablet Computer auf das sich diese Erklarung bezieht mit den folgenden Richtlinien und Normen konform ist R amp TTE Richtlinie 1999 5 EG e EN 301 489 1 V1 9 2 e EN 301 489 17 V2 1 1 e EN 300 328 V1 7 1 2006 10 EN 55022 2010 Class e EN 55024 2010 e EN 61000 3 2 2006 A1 2009 A2 2009 Class D e EN 61000 3 3 2008 Niederspannungsrichtlinie 2006 95 EG EN 60950 1 2006 A11 2009 A1 2010 A12 2011 A12 Berichtigung 2012 Oko Design Richtlinie 2009 125 EG 1275 2008 278 2009 ROHS Richtlinie 2011 65 EU Die auf das oben angefuhrte Gerat bezogenen technischen Unterlagen sind an folgender Stelle hinterlegt Intenso GmbH Diepholzerstr 15 49377 Vechta Deutschland Autorisierte Person 4 tid Gesch ftsf hr x f DE 31 Instruction manual TAB 1004 Thank you for choosing the TAB1004 Please follow these ins
131. to sign a Copyright disclaimer for the program if necessary Here is a sample alter the names Yoyodyne Inc hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program Gnomovision which makes passes at compilers written by James Hacker signature of Ty Coon 1 April 1989 Ty Coon President of Vice ES 28 Intenso GmbH Fecha 12 de julio de 2013 Declaracion de conformidad CE Nosotros la empresa Intenso GmbH con sede social en la Diepholzer Str 15 en 49377 Vechta Alemania declaramos bajo nuestra responsabilidad que el producto Modelo 10 1 TAB 1004 Articulo N 5511860 Descripci n Ordenador tabla cumple con las siguientes directrices y normativas Normativa R amp TTE 1999 5 CE e EN 301 489 1 V1 9 2 e EN 301 489 17 V2 1 1 e EN 300 328 V1 7 1 2006 10 e EN 55022 2010 Class e EN 55024 2010 e EN 61000 3 2 2006 A1 2009 A2 2009 Class D e EN 61000 3 3 2008 Normativa de baja tensi n 2006 95 CE EN 60950 1 2006 A11 2009 A1 2010 A12 2011 A12 correcci n 2012 Normativa de diseno ecol gico 2009 125 CE e 1275 2008 e 278 2009 Normativa de ROHS 2011 65 EU Los documentos t cnicos relaciones con el dispositivo arriba mencionado han sido depositados en Intenso GmbH Diepholzer Str 15 49377 Vechta Alemania Persona autorizada a ES 29 Manual de instru es TAB 1004 Obrigado por ter escolhido o nosso produto TAB1004 Siga as seguintes orienta es para obter maiores infor
132. u ywania urz dze przeno nych Nie u ywa urz dzenia w pobli u innych urz dze elektronicznych gdy w wyniku sygna w wysokiej cz stotliwo ci mo e doj do zak ce Nie u ywa urz dzenia w pobli u rozrusznik w serca w szpitalach lub w pobli u urz dze medycznych poniewa w wyniku sygna w wysokiej cz stotliwo ci mo e doj do zak ce Nale y utrzymywa odst p min 15 cm od rozrusznik w serca Prosz zwr ci si do producent w tych urz dze aby uzyska informacje dotycz ce jednoczesnego ich u ywania Korzystanie ze s uchawek nausznych lub dousznych przy zbyt du ej g o no ci mo e doprowadzi do sta ego uszkodzenia organ w s uchu Prosimy zwr ci uwag e d ugotrwa e oddzia ywanie wysokiej g o no ci mo e prowadzi do trwa ego uszkodzenia s uchu Aby unikn mo liwego ryzyka zdrowotnego spowodowanego przez wysok g o no zalecamy u ywanie wy cznie zawartych w zestawie s uchawek Ze wzgl du na bezpiecze stwo ruchu podczas jazdy urz dzenie nie mo e by obs ugiwane przez osob prowadz c pojazd PL 3 3 Widok urzadzenia 18 10 11 Przycisk WL WYL Przycisna 6 Gniazdo stuchawek 3 5mm d ugo aby wy czy urz dzenie 7 Gniazdo micro U
133. verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs and that you know you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that you have You must make s
134. virtuel vers la droite Settings WIRELESS amp NETWORKS Wi Fi Sur le c t droit des param tres WIFI tous les r seaux disponibles ainsi que tous les r seaux d j utilis s sont affich s Veuillez taper sur le r seau d sir et si n cessaire entrez la cl sans fil appropri e mot de passe pour tablir une connexion Settings WIRELESS amp NETWORKS Wi Fi WL INT Connected 4 Data usage WH INT1 More Secured with WPA2 Confirmez le mot de passe saisi au besoin en touchant la touche entrer et ensuite s lectionnez Connexion Apr s un bref instant la connexion sera tablie Remarques a Si l appareil passe en mode veille la Wi Fi est automatiquement d sactiv e Cela r duit la consommation d nergie et entra ne donc automatiquement une plus grande autonomie de la batterie Lorsque l appareil revient au mode actif la connexion sans fil est a nouveau tablie automatiquement Cela peut prendre quelques secondes b La liste des r seaux sans fil rep rables est automatiquement mise a jour Si la fonction sans fil est activ e l appareil se connecte automatiquement a un r seau d j configur condition qu il soit a port e d Si un r seau sans fil inconnu se trouve port e une bo te d information appara t Connexion manuelle Afin de rechercher un r seau WiFi accessible manuellement proc dez comme suit 1 Ouvrez les param tres 2 Maintenant ouvrez les
135. von der Intenso Homepage http www intenso de herunterladen Der Quelltext des gesuchten Produkts ist f r jeden zug nglich ber Auswahl der g ltigen Produktkategorie und des gew nschten Ger tes In den Produktdetails finden Sie den Men punkt Treiber ffnen Sie dieses Men um den zugeh rigen GPL LGPL Quelltext herunterzuladen Gegen eine Kostenpauschale von 15 ist es ebenfalls m glich diesen Quelltext per Postzustellung zu erhalten Gerne k nnen Sie uns auch telefonisch zu dem Thema erreichen unter der kostenpflichtigen Rufnummer 0900 1504030 0 39 Minute aus dem deutschen Festnetz Mobilfunkpreise k nnen abweichen oder per Mail an support intenso de Weitere Informationen ber die GPL LGPL Lizenzen finden Sie unter www gnu org GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to us
136. w ty y Pi powoduje odtworzenie poprzedniego lub nastepnego utworu e Naci ni cie na miejsce na pasku czasu powoduje bezpo rednie wznowienie w tym miejscu Naci ni cie przycisk w G o no na boku urz dzenia umo liwia dopasowanie g o no ci Aby otworzy podgl d bie cej listy odtwarzania nale y nacisn na symbol listy odtwarzania Nacisniecie utworu powoduje jego bezposrednie odtworzenie Aby zmieni tryb powtarzania nale y nacisn na symbol powtarzania e Aby przej na ekran startowy nale y kr tko nacisn przycisk Home ol Odtwarzanie muzyki nie zostanie przez to zatrzymane W ten spos b mozna np serfowa w Internecie za pomoca przegladarki i jednoczesnie stucha swojej muzyki Ponowne naciSniecie na ikone Muzyka pozwala na tatwe przejscie z powrotem do odtwarzania muzyki W trybie powtarzania mozna dokona dalszych ustawien W tym celu nalezy kr tko nacisna przycisk Menu EM Biblioteka wy wietlony zostanie podgl d wszystkich dost pnych plik w muzycznych Party Shuffle aktywowanie wzgl deaktywowanie trybu Party Shuffle Dodaj do listy odtwarzania dodawanie aktualnie odtwarzanego utworu do listy odtwarzania Usu usuwanie aktualnie odtwarzanego utworu Efekty d wi kowe ustawianie efektu d wi kowego dla odtwarzanej muzyki PL 19 11 Ustawienia systemowe Naciskajac w menu aplikacji na ikone ustawien wywoluje sig ustawienia systemowe
137. wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses in effect making the program proprietary To prevent this we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone s free use or not licensed at all The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0 This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License The Program below refers to any such program or work and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running the Program is not restricted and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program independent of having been made by running the Program Whether that is true depends on what the Program does 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program
138. with a work based on the Program on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You may copy and distribute the Program or a work based on it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following a Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or b Accompany it with a written offer valid for at least three years to give any third party for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution a complete machine readable copy of the corresponding source code to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or c Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer in accord with Subsection b above The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For an executable work complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts us
139. 18 q 22 10 11 Boton on off mantenga el boton 6 Conector de auricular de 3 5mm pulsado para apagar el aparato 7 Casquillo micro USB apriete el bot n brevemente para 8 HDMI cambiar de Standby o bot n de 9 Entrada DC 12V 2A guardia a Modo Activo 10 Ranura para la tarjeta micro SD Volumen 11 Micr fono integrado Indicador de carga Rojo durante la 12 Touchscreen carga amarillo cuando est 13 Altavoz integrado completamente cargado C mara frontal Camara posterior 4 Contenido del paquete Por favor verifique que el contenido del paquete est completo TAB 1004 Auricular est reo Cable de USB Transformador 12V 2 0A Manual de instrucciones ES 4 5 Carga de la bateria Por favor cargue la bateria por completo antes del primer uso del dispositivo Conecte el adaptador de corriente incluido con el dispositivo a una toma de corriente La carga completa dura unas 5 horas El estado de carga se muestra en el lado delantero izquierdo del dispositivo La luz del LED se ilumina rojo durante la carga y cambia a amarillo cuando la bateria esta totalmente cargada Indicaciones a Cuando a la bateria le quede menos del 15 de carga aparecer en la pantalla mensaje de advertencia Entonces debe conectar el aparato a un enchufe empleando el transformador para proceder la re
140. 2012 Diretiva de Eco Design 2009 125 EG 1275 2008 278 2009 Diretiva de ROHS 2011 65 EU Os documentos t cnicos relativos ao aparelho acima especificado est o arquivados seguinte local Intenso GmbH Diepholzer Str 15 49377 Vechta Alemanha Pessoa autorizada Ger hte Thomas P hlking g j N I PT 29 Instrukcja obstugi TAB 1004 Serdecznie dziekujemy za decyzje korzystaniu 2 1004 firmy Intenso Prosimy zapoznanie sie z ta instrukcja aby uzyskac informacje o najwazniejszych funkcjach tego urzadzenia 1 Spis tresci EC ee ee A RR RR RNA RR a ee RARE RE eee 1 PARON 2 3 Widok og lny WAN AO ZW une ee 4 4 ZawartoS IIA ETA 4 5 adowanie akumulatora 3 6 Korzystanie z karty micro SD SDHC uud 5 7 Przenoszenie danych pomi dzy urz dzeniem a komputerem eee 3 oo A 6 A PPP ice E ets DAE EE ce 7 sido oy og pg pp EE 7 PO EZNIETECZIE 7 LIE RR PI 8 R GA OO AO RAP PRE 8 Odblokowywanie 8 Dopasowanie ekranu startowe
141. 7 1 2006 10 e EN 55022 2010 Class B e EN 55024 2010 e EN 61000 3 2 2006 A1 2009 A2 2009 Class D e EN61000 3 3 2008 directive basse tension 2006 95 CE EN 60950 1 2006 A11 2009 A1 2010 A12 2011 A12 correction 2012 directive conception cologique 2009 125 CE e 1275 2008 e 278 2009 directive ROHS 2011 65 EU Les documents techniques faisant r f rence a l appareil cit en haut sont d pos s a l endroit suivant Intenso GmbH Diepholzer Str 15 49377 Vechta Allemagne Personne autoris e FR 30 Manual de instrucciones TAB 1004 Muchas gracias por haberse decidido por el TAB1004 Por favor siga las instrucciones de este manual para estar informado sobre las funciones mas importantes de este dispositivo lt i l 1 ndice LE ojc PANNA 1 A wedi ASRR E E OOO 2 Ge Mistesoeneral del aparato 4 A gt gt nen iu R R E O O EYE 4 5 Carga dela PADRE RR 5 6 Empleo de la tarjeta Micro SD SDHC ee ee 5 7 Transferencia de datos entre el aparato y un ordenador iii 5 8 Pantalla 0 PRE ROO RUA I A 6 na TITTEN EEE Oo 7 Conexion AA o o 5 AA 7 Gonexion A ere Serene a RR ee RR RE O AE 7 iS o o A aa a e A Ea aaa Tania Ea ANRE 8 VE ANON RR 8 Desbloqueo dola pantalla conan it tt eiii 8 Barra de Estado nee A A
142. AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 INNO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL DE 29 SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms To do so attach the following notices to the program It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty and each file should have at least the copyright line and a pointer to where the full notice is found one line to give the program s name and an idea of what it does Copyright C yyyy name of author This program is fr
143. AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 INNO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER ES 27 PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms To do so attach the following notices to the program It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty and each file should have at least the copyright line and a pointer to where the full notice is found one line to give the program s name and an idea of what it does Copyright C yyyy name of author This program is fr
144. EN 8 Status bar The status bar is to be found in the lower section of the starting screen It has the following functions Recently used Back programs Time Battery cos ON Home screen WLAN Connection Here you will receive information on e the last used programmes e the signal strength of the present WIFI connection e the time e the present status of the battery You can carry out the following functions e Call up the starting screen e Go back one step in the relevant called up menu Call up the last used programmes You can open the extended status bar with a short tap on the clock Here the latest status messages are displayed Various quick accesses for example access to the settings are displayed if you tap the clock in the extended status bar again Adjusting the main screen You can adjust the main screen easily to your individual needs If you want to delete an icon tap the icon with your finger for a short while and then push it into the displayed X icon Now take your finger from the touchscreen and the icon is deleted you want to position an icon from the application overview on the main screen tap the icon the application overview for a short while and the main screen appears Move the icon to the desired position and take your finger from the touchscreen The icon is now added to the main screen If you move an icon on another icon
145. INTENSO TAB 1004 V1 0 Bedienungsanleitung TAB 1004 Vielen Dank dass Sie sich f r das TAB 1004 entschieden haben Folgen Sie bitte dieser Anleitung um ber die wichtigsten Funktionen des Ger tes informiert zu werden 1 Inhaltsverzeichnis 1 2 Inhallevalzelchnis sei GREASE RD DRC CORRER PDR RD ORDER ROD ED RD 1 la io are RR PR RR 2 A A TEE a EAEE EEEREN EEE 4 E EIERN 4 5 L dO OCSARKUS a Pe ee 5 6 Nutzung einer Micro SB SPACER 5 7 bertragung von Daten zwischen dem Ger t und einem Computer sise 5 o A SE EEEE AE EENE 6 A WE nee a O E E 7 sie acme 7 Manuelle es A ey ee nee RU RNA RR RR RSRS ee 8 de 8 ASI ee RP teed eaten RP NR PA 8 Enispernteh d s DISP 2 7 8 SALUS BIS sn A E E AAA AA AAA n ee 9 Anpassung des ts Ig ol o 10 Verschiedene Startbildschirme ISRAELIANE ASSE 10 Vorinstallierte Anwendungen auf dem SiartbildschirM corras sn 11 a Suchleiste f r die Google UA ae 11 D AnWEehdlngs bersicht une RR RN RR RARI Aa 12 E Analoge Uhr MOGE nee ERRAR E E RR bene ee ea leda 12 d Galerie Fotogalerie Widget ae Os ee wae ND RR DDR 12 E Apps GUE dem lOs CM
146. ION In doing so all data saved on the device will be deleted Here you can add different accounts Here you can set the date time time zone and the display format Shows additional information about the device EN 20 12 Managing Applications Pre installed applications This device is delivered with pre installed applications You will find an overview of the applications already installed in the application overview These include the video player audio player Internet browser alarm calculator and others To open one of these applications tap on the corresponding icon Installing applications To install applications on the device perform the following steps 1 Download the software for example from the Androidpit Market Make sure that it is an APK File 2 If you have downloaded the files on your computer connect the device via USB cable to your computer and copy the files to the internal memory 3 Unplug the unit from the computer and open the Explorer to open the copied files 4 To install the application follow the installation instructions appearing on the screen 5 After successful installation you will find the new application in the applications menu Uninstalling applications 1 Open the system settings by briefly tapping the settings icon in the application overview 2 Now tap the menu item Apps briefly to get to the application settings 3 Choose the desired application overv
147. Men punkt oder Link da ansonsten die vorhandene Verkn pfung ge ffnet werden w rde e Um einen Internetlink zu ffnen tippen Sie ganz einfach auf den Link Die neue Seite ffnet sich automatisch e Um das Web Browser Men zu ffnen dr cken Sie bitte die Men Taste a Hier stehen Ihnen verschiedene Funktionen zur Verf gung Unter anderem k nnen Sie hier die geoffnete Webseite aktualisieren einen neuen Tab offnen Webseiten offline lesbar machen oder zu den Web Browser Einstellungen wechseln e Um zu der vorherigen Seite zur ckzugehen dr cken Sie bitte die Zuruck Taste SI e Um direkt zum Startbildschirm zur ckzukehren dr cken Sie bitte auf die Home Taste ES e Um einen Text einzugeben tippen Sie auf das entsprechende Feld und nutzen Sie die virtuelle Tastatur zur Eingabe des Textes Hinweis F r diese Funktion ist eine WLAN Verbindung zum Internet erforderlich ff E Book Tippen Sie auf das E Book Symbol um Ihr B cherregal angezeigt zu bekommen Zur Nutzung m ssen E Books in unterst tzten Formaten auf dem Ger t gespeichert sein Wie Sie Dateien auf das Ger t speichern entnehmen Sie bitte dem zugeh rigen Punkt dieser Anleitung gg Kamera Tippen Sie kurz auf das Kamera Icon um die Kamerafunktion zu starten Sie finden verschiedene Symbole um die Einstellungen der Kamera zu ndern die Kamera zu wechseln zu zoomen und zwischen Foto und Videofunktion zu wechseln DE 18 hh Video Tippen Sie kurz auf da
148. Micro SD Slot on the left side of the device Use the pre installed Explorer to access the data on the memory card To do that please select the directory SD Card in the Explorer 7 Transfer of Data between Device and Computer 1 Connect the device using the included USB cable to a computer Should the device not have been previously switched on it will start automatically This may take a moment because the operating system must first boot up If device was already switched on the computer should automatically detect it within a few seconds N On the device the screen for the USB connection is now displayed Tap briefly Turn on USB Storage The device is recognized as a removable disk and you get the info USB memory in use After briefly tapping the home button you can continue to use your device normally You have now have access to the internal memory of the device from your computer and can copy delete or transfer files to your device If an USB connection with the computer exists the USB icon is displayed in the status bar You can get additional information in the extended status bar click on the clock in the status bar to open it and you can activate or deactivate the USB connection w EN 5 e Select Turn off USB storage to deactivate the memory Select the function Remove safely on the computer to separate the device from the computer Note The pre installed applications and the Android operating
149. RIA A A EO A RA 15 AndroidPIT APD 15 Co WED ne ne no co eins 16 Utiliza o do teclado VIDA aaa AA A A A ENESE EEEE 16 Inserir SIMbB IOS open AIAR AAA ARIA DIANA EA ODIA AIAR A 16 Utiliza o do Web Browse 17 E BOOK Pee Da Danas di 17 o o NR E RC E DOE A 17 Vici 17 LUA NS Glee EEA 18 11 blg coi gt ae RA 20 Res mo das ON NAO AAA O o Eana Ea Eanna anaE aaan 20 ele RR DR 21 Instalar aplicacion e A E 21 supina 21 13 Ficheiro 49 8 ES iaai 22 Navegar por ficheiros 22 Ullizar a bara dE ee ee ecco ides noted 22 Copiar mover e renomear ficheiros 22 14 Task MIO leleine 23 15 Condi es de garantia limitada rino RITIRI 23 16 Dados TECNICOS imss 24 dia 24 18 Limpeza d EEN 24
150. SB przycisn kr tko aby zmienia 8 HDMI pomi dzy trybami czuwania i pracy 9 Wej cie zasilania DC 12V 2A G o no 10 Gniazdo karty Micro SD Kontrolka tadowania czerwona 11 Zintegrowany mikrofon podczas tadowania Z lta kiedy 12 Ekran dotykowy catkowicie natadowana 13 Zintegrowane gtosniki Kamera przednia kamera 4 Zawartosc opakowania Prosz sprawdzi kompletno zawarto ci opakowania TAB 1004 s uchawki stereo przew d USB zasilacz 12V 2 0A Instrukcja obs ugi PL 4 5 Ladowanie akumulatora Prosz przed pierwszy u yciem ca kowicie na adowa akumulator urz dzenia W tym celu nale y po czy za czony zasilacz z urz dzeniem i gniazdem sieciowym Pe ne adowanie trwa ok 5 godzin Stan na adowania wy wietlany jest z przodu po lewej stronie urz dzenia Dioda LED wieci si podczas adowania na czerwono i wieci na to kiedy kiedy akumulator jest w pe ni na adowany Wskaz wki a Przy 15 pozostaj cej mocy akumulatora na wy wietlaczu pojawi si ostrze enie W takiej sytuacji powinno si pod czy urz dzenie poprzez zasilacz z gniazdkiem sieciowym w celu na adowania akumulatora aby unikn ewentualnej utraty danych i podnie ywotno akumulatora b Z urz dzenia mo na korzysta podczas adowania akumulatora Aby zachowa jak najd u sz ywotno akumulatora prosimy nie korzystanie z urz dzenia c Aby zapewni
151. T T Le T r gt p Nota Esta fun o requer uma liga o WLAN Internet b Resumo das aplica es Toque brevemente no cone do resumo das aplica es para abrir o resumo das aplica es Visualiza ent o um resumo de todas as aplica es pr instaladas e anteriormente instaladas por si Abra a aplica o pretendida tocando brevemente no cone correspondente Resumo das aplica es 11 Rel gio Anal gico Widget Toque no rel gio anal gico para ativar ou desativar o alarme ou acrescentar outros alarmes d Galeria Galeria de Fotos Toque no icone da galeria na vis o geral de aplica es no widget de pr visualiza o de fotos para abrir a galeria Para o usar tem de haver fotos gravadas no dispositivo Seleccione a galeria pretendida e a seguir a imagem pretendida premindo novamente A imagem apresentada no ecra inteiro Toque sobre o s mbolo de imagens CE para escolher entre as diferentes possibilidades de agrupamentos Para obter uma apresenta o da imagem anterior ou da seguinte arraste simplesmente a imagem actual no ecr com o dedo para a esquerda ou a direita Coloque dois dedos no ecr t ctil e estique os para aumentar a imagem de forma cont nua Se voltar a juntar os dedos a imagem reduzida de forma cont nua Toque brevemente e depois rapidamente duas vezes no ecr t ctil para aumentar a imagem automaticamente Ao tocar novamente duas vezes a i
152. TY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms To do so attach the following notices to the program It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty and each file should have at least the copyright line and a pointer to where the full notice is found one line to give the program s name an idea of what it does Copyright C yyyy name of author This program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 of the License or at your option any later version This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU General Public License for more details You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program if not write to the Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail If the program is inter
153. This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file dd AndroidPIT App Sur l appareil l AndroidPIT App est d j install Vous trouverez ici diverses applications des rapports d essai un blog et un forum Pour de plus amples informations ou une assistance pour utiliser l App Center merci de visiter la page d accueil du fournisseur l adresse www androidpit de Note Pour cette fonction une connexion Internet sans fil est n cessaire ee Navigateur Web Pour lancer le navigateur Web veuilez taper sur l ic ne navigateur 3 de l cran d accueil Pour ouvrir une page Web veuillez taper sur le champ de saisie sup rieur pour l adresse internet Le clavier virtuel s ouvre pr sent et vous pouvez entrer l adresse du site web d sir Tapez sur Go ou sur l ic ne de fl che pr s du champ de saisie pour ouvrir la page web Note Tous les r seaux ne fournissent pas un acc s Internet Certains r seaux offrent un acc s uniquement d autres ordinateurs connect s localement et aucune connexion Internet FR 16 Utilisation du clavier virtuel Tapez sur le champ de saisie pour ouvrir le clavier virtuel Vous pouvez maintenant saisir du texte ou appeler des pages Internet Saisie de caracteres sp ciaux Caps Lock Ecriture en majuscule et en minuscule Touche de retour en arri re Appel du menu pour entrer les nombres caracteres et caract res sp ciaux Barre d espace Ent
154. Vista 7 8 Linux 2 4 and higher Mac 10 6 Headphone Micro SD SDHC micro USB mini HDMI Wireless WiFi 802 11 b g n G Sensor 360 degree rotation 02 SNR O 20 Hz 20 KHz Power Supply V AC adapter Ktec KSASB0241200200D5 AC input 100 240V 50 60Hz DC output 12V 2A Internal Battery Rechargeable lithium ion polymer battery 17 Maintenance of the Device Never spray or apply a liquid directly onto the screen or casing 18 Cleaning the Device Wipe the casing frame and screen gently with a soft lint free cloth Use only detergents specifically designed for displays 19 Disposal of Used Electronic Equipment Equipment marked with this symbol is subject to the European Directive 2002 96 EC All electrical devices and used electrical equipment must be disposed of separately from household waste over the appropriate government agencies Proper disposal of old electronic equipment helps avoid environmental damage Intenso 49377 Vechta Germany www intenso de EN 24 20 Licenceinformation about GNU LGPL Notice of GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE and LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENCE Dear Customer If interested you and any third party can download the source code of used GPL LGPL from Intenso Webpage hitp www intenso de The source code of the desired product is available to anyone on the selection of valid product category and the desired device In the product de
155. Y OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER RUS 27 PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms To do so attach the following notices to the program It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty and each file should have at least the copyright line and a pointer to where the full notice is found one line to give the program s name and an idea of what it does Copyright C yyyy name of author This program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 of the License or at your option any later version This program is distributed in the hope that
156. a Desligado Para ativar novamente a fun o WLAN desativada arraste o comutador virtual para a direita Settings WIRELESS amp NETWORKS Wi Fi Nas configura es WLAN s o lhe mostradas do lado direito todas as redes dispon veis assim como todas as redes anteriormente utilizadas Toque na rede pretendida e insira caso necess rio a chave de WLAN palavra passe adequada para estabelecer uma liga o Settings WIRELESS amp NETWORKS Wi Fi WL INT Connected Data usage WH INT1 More Secured with WPA2 Confirme eventualmente a palavra passe tocando na tecla Enter toque agora em conectar 5 um breve momento a liga o estabelecida Notas a Se o aparelho entrar em standby o WLAN automaticamente desactivado reduzindo assim o consumo de energia e aumentando a dura o da bateria Quando o aparelho voltar para o modo activo a conex o com o WLAN reestabelecida automaticamente Isso pode demorar uns segundos b A lista das redes WLAN actualmente dispon veis actualizada automaticamente c Coma fun o de WLAN activada o aparelho conecta se automaticamente a uma rede anteriormente configurada caso esteja no alcance d Caso se encontrar uma rede de WLAN desconhecida no alcance surge uma informagao Conexao manual Siga as instru es abaixo para procurar uma rede Wi Fi acess vel 1 Clique em configura es 2 Clique configura es Wi Fi e de
157. a e os dados de aplica es em servidores Reposi o Google poss vel estabelecer a reposi o dos dados de f brica ATEN O Todos os dados salvos no aparelho ser o perdidos Aqui poder encontrar diferentes contas Data amp Hora Ajusta a data o rel gio interno o fuso hor rio e seleciona o formato de apresenta o Sobre o Tablet Informa es sobre o aparelho PT 20 12 Gerir aplica es Aplica es pr instaladas Este aparelho fornecido com aplica es pr instaladas O resumo das aplica es mostra um resumo sobre as aplica es anteriormente instaladas Entre elas est o o Video Player Audio Player Internet Browser o alarme a calculadora e outros mais Para abrir uma dessas aplica es toque brevemente no respectivo cone Instalar aplica es Para instalar aplica es no aparelho siga os seguintes passos 1 Descarregue a software tal como Androidpit Market Assegure se de que se trata de um ficheiro APK 2 Caso tenha descarregado os ficheiros para o seu computador conecte o aparelho atrav s do cabo USB com o seu computador e copie os ficheiros para a mem ria interna 3 Desconecte o aparelho do computador e abra o Explorer para abrir os ficheiros copiados 4 Siga as instru es de instala o no ecr para instalar a aplica o 5 Conclu da a instala o com sucesso a aplica o encontra se no menu das aplica es Desinstalar aplica es 1 Abra co
158. a existe perigo de vida devido a choque el ctrico N o cont m pe as que requeiram manuten o Em caso de n o utiliza o durante um longo per odo a bateria do aparelho descarrega se lentamente Antes de a voltar a utilizar deve recarreg la Por favor elimine o aparelho ou a bateria de forma ecol gica Por favor n o desmonte o aparelho em componentes e n o tente repar lo por si mesmo pois a garantia expira nesse caso N o utilize o aparelho em locais onde a utiliza o de aparelhos m veis seja proibido N o use o aparelho perto de outros aparelhos el ctricos pois pode causar interfer ncias devido aos sinais de alta frequ ncia N o utilize o aparelho perto de marca passos em hospitais ou perto de aparelhos m dicos pois pode causar interfer ncias devido aos sinais de alta frequ ncia Mantenha uma dist ncia m nima de 15cm de um marca passos Consulte o produtor desses aparelhos para obter informa es sobre a utiliza o comum A utiliza o de auriculares e auscultadores num volume demasiado alto pode causar danos permanentes no aparelho auditivo Tenha em conta que um volume constantemente alto pode causar danos auditivos permanentes Para evitar poss veis riscos para a sa de devido a um volume demasiadamente alto recomendamos utilizar apenas os auriculares fornecidos Por motivos de seguran a no tr nsito o aparelho n o deve ser utilizado pelo condutor durante a condu o PT 3 3 Resumo do a
159. a guardar um marcador Caso pretender colocar um novo marcador o marcador anterior substituido e Quando iniciar um video ao qual adicionou anteriormente um marcador surgir no inicio da reprodu o a pregunta se pretende iniciar o v deo no in cio ou a partir do marcador Seleccione Play from Beginning para reproduzir o v deo desde o in cio ou Play from Bookmark para continuar o v deo a partir do marcador r Para apagar marcador toque em Ent o abrem se as defini es de video Seleccione Delete Bookmark para apagar marcador e Toque emkd para ajustar a luminosidade do ecra e Toque no s mbolo para avan ar ou retroceder 144 para reproduzir video anterior seguinte e Toque em para ajustar o formato de apresenta o do video ecr inteiro original 16 9 4 3 Seleccione para interromper a reprodu o actual aceder ao resumo de v deo f M sica Com este widget pode iniciar interromper continuar a reprodu o de musica e mudar para a faixa seguinte Toque ligeiramente no s mbolo da m sica na vis o geral de aplica es ou na faixa atual no widget de m sica para abrir o ecr de m sica No seguinte resumo tem a possibilidade de obter uma listagem da sua m sica por int rprete lbum t tulo playlist ou a reproduzir Toque simplesmente breve no s mbolo correspondente 9 Int rpretes A SI todos os ficheiros de musica ordenado
160. a las configuraciones del v deo Pulse en una pequefia zona de la barra de tiempo para continuar el v deo directamente a partir de ah e Pulse las teclas de volumen en el lateral del dispositivo para ajustar el volumen e Seleccione para guardar marcador en la posici n actual Solo se puede guardar un marcador Si tiene un marcador nuevo se puede grabar encima del otro e Cuando un v deo comienza al que ya se ha afiadido anteriormente un marcador se le preguntar al comienzo de la reproducci n si quiere comenzar el v deo desde el principio o a partir de lo estipulado por el marcador Selecciona Play desde el comienzo para ver el v deo desde el principio o Play desde el marcador para continuar el v deo desde el marcador e Para cerrar el marcador pulse y la configuracion de video se abre Elija la opci n eliminar marcador El marcador sera eliminado e Marque Ed para regular el brillo de la pantalla e Pulse los simbolos de retroceder avanzar m para reproducir el video anterior o el siguiente e Pinche EJ para regular el formato de presentaci n del video pantalla completa Original 16 9 4 3 e Pulse DI para interrumpir la presentaci n actual y acceder al resumen del video f Musica widget musica Con este Widget puede comenzar interrumpir reanudar la reproduccion de musica y cambiar a otro titulo Toque brevemente el simbolo musica en la vista general de aplicaciones o el titu
161. a que no todas las funciones ofrecidas por Android son compatibles con este dispositivo e Una vez efectuado todos los ajustes podr volver al men anterior con la tecla Volver O bien cambiar directamente a la pantalla de inicio con la tecla Inicio Los datos introducidos se guardan automaticamente Resumen de las configuraciones Redes y redes Wi Fi Efectue aqui sus ajustes para Wi Fi inalambricas Mas Aqu puede efectuar m s ajustes de red Ajuste aqu el volumen deseado y el sonido deseado para las notificaciones Adem s puede activar o desactivar un tono de confirmaci n al tocar la pantalla t ctil y un tono de advertencia al desbloquear el bloqueo de pantalla Pantalla Brillo Ajustar brillo de la pantalla Fondo Selecci n del fondo deseado Rotar pantalla autom ticamente Activar y desactivar la rotaci n autom tica de la pantalla al girar el dispositivo Estado de reposo Ajuste el retardo apagar la pantalla autom ticamente Tama o de letra Ajuste del tama o de letra deseado Dispositivo Active o bien desactive aqu la funci n HDMI cambie la resoluci n y ajuste el zoom Aqu obtendr informaci n sobre la memoria interna y en el caso de ser utilizada de su tarjeta MicroSD Adem s puede eliminar el contenido de la memoria Bateria Aplicaciones Aqu podr administrar las aplicaciones instaladas y obtener informaci n sobre las aplicaciones Servicios de Aqui podr
162. able form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following a Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or b Accompany it with a written offer valid for at least three years to give any third party for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution a complete machine readable copy of the corresponding source code to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or c Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer in accord with Subsection b above The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For an executable work complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable However as a special exception the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel
163. active make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode Gnomovision version 69 Copyright C year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY for details type show w This is free software and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions type show c for details The hypothetical commands show w and show c should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License Of course the commands you use may be called something other than show w and show c they could even be mouse clicks or menu items whatever suits your program You should also get your employer if you work as a programmer or your school if any to sign a copyright disclaimer for the program if necessary Here is a sample alter the names Yoyodyne Inc hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program Gnomovision which makes passes at compilers written by James Hacker signature of Ty Coon 1 April 1989 Ty Coon President of Vice FR 29 Intenso GmbH Date 12 juillet 2013 D claration de conformit CE Nous Intenso GmbH avec siege Diepholzer Str 15 49377 Vechta Allemagne declarons sous notre responsabilit que le produit Modele 10 1 TAB 1004 n article 5511860 Description ordinateur tablette est conforme aux directives et normes suivantes directive R amp TTE 1999 5 CE e EN 301 489 1 V1 9 2 e EN 301 489 17 V2 1 1 e EN 300 328 V1
164. adable copy of the corresponding source code to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above a medium customarily used for software interchange or c Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer in accord with Subsection b above The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For an executable work complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable However as a special exception the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code 4 You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Pr
165. adens Rot und wechselt zu Gelb wenn der Akku vollst ndig geladen ist Hinweise a Bei 15 verbleibender Restleistung des Akkus erhalten Sie eine Warnmeldung auf das Display Sie sollten das Ger t nun zum Aufladen des Akkus ber das Netzteil mit einer Steckdose verbinden um eventuellen Datenverlust zu vermeiden und die Lebensdauer des Akkus zu erh hen b Sie k nnen das Ger t nutzen w hrend Sie die Batterie aufladen Um eine langanhaltende Batterie Lebensdauer zu gew hrleisten bitten wir Sie das Ger t nicht zu nutzen c Umeine gute Performance zu gew hrleisten muss der eingebaute Akku h ufig genutzt werden Wenn Sie das Ger t nur selten gebrauchen laden Sie den Akku bitte mindestens einmal im Monat vollst ndig auf d Stellen Sie sicher dass Sie nur das mitgelieferte Netzteil zum Aufladen benutzen 6 Nutzung einer Micro SD SDHC Karte Dieses Ger t kann Daten direkt von einer Micro SD SDHC Karte mit einer maximalen Kapazit t von 32 GB lesen Um eine Micro SD SDHC Karte zu nutzen stecken Sie bitte die Karte in den daf r vorgesehenen Micro SD Slot auf der linken Seite des Ger tes Nutzen Sie den vorinstallierten Explorer um auf die auf der Speicherkarte vorhandenen Daten zuzugreifen Bitte w hlen Sie hierzu im Explorer das Verzeichnis SD Card aus 7 bertragung von Daten zwischen dem Ger t und einem Computer 1 Verbinden Sie das Ger t mit Hilfe des beiliegenden USB Kabels mit einem Computer Sollte das Ger
166. al copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 9 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program does not specify a version number of this License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 10 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reus
167. an d accueil taper bri vement sur la touche Accueil ol Cela n arr te pas la lecture de la musique Par exemple vous pouvez ainsi surfer avec le navigateur sur Internet tout en coutant votre musique suffit de taper nouveau sur l ic ne Musique pour revenir la lecture de la musique FR 19 En mode lecture vous pouvez ajuster d autres parametres Tapez bri vement sur la touche El menu Bibliotheque Une liste de tous les fichiers musicaux existants sont affich s Mix de soir e Activer ou d sactiver le mode Mix de soir e Ajouter la liste de lecture Ajouter le titre en cours de lecture la liste de lecture Supprimer Suppression du titre actuellement en cours de lecture Effets sonores D finir un effet sonore pour la lecture de la musique 11 Parametres systeme Appuyez sur l ic ne des param tres dans le menu des applications pour appeler les param tres systeme e Vous pouvez trouver les diff rentes cat gories sur le c t gauche du menu Les options de configuration disponibles sont affich es appuyant brievement sur chaque option de menu s lectionn e Notez que toutes les fonctions offertes par Android ne sont peut tre pas compatibles avec l appareil e Lorsque vous avez r gl tous les param tres vous pouvez revenir au menu pr c dent avec la touche 1 ou passer l cran principal directement avec la touche 8 Vos saisies seront automatiquement enregi
168. ana o karcie microSD Ponadto mo na usun zawarto pami ci Aplikacje Tutaj mo na zarz dza zainstalowanymi aplikacjami i otrzyma dalsze informacje o aplikacjach Lokalizacja Tutaj mo na zezwoli r nym aplikacj Android na ustalenie aktualnej lokalizacji w oparciu o sieci bezprzewodowe i korzystanie z tego np Google Maps Ponadto mo na ustawi czy Google mo e dopasowywa do bie cej lokalizacji wyniki wyszukiwania i inne us ugi Bezpiecze stwo Tutaj mo na dokona ustawie blokady ekranu oraz innych zwi zanych z bezpiecze stwem funkcji U ytkownik REG Jezyk i Tutaj mo na przyk ad ustawi preferowany j zyk dodawa do osobistego wprowadzanie s ownika r ne wyrazy oraz dokonywa r nych ustawie klawiatury Zabezpieczanie i Tutaj mo na zabezpieczy na serwerach Google swoje ustawienia zerowanie systemowe oraz dane aplikacji Ponadto mo na powr ci do ustawie fabrycznych UWAGA W tym celu usuwane s wszystkie zapisane na urz dzeniu dane Tutaj mo na ustawi dat czas stref czasow oraz format wy wietlania O tablecie Wy wietlane s informacje o urz dzeniu PL 20 12 Zarzadzanie aplikacjami Aplikacje zainstalowane fabrycznie Urzadzenie to dostarczane jest z zainstalowanymi fabrycznie aplikacjami Przeglad juz zainstalowanych aplikacji znajduje sie w przegl dzie 8 Nale do nich m in odtwarzacz wideo odtwar
169. anche il video player audio player il browser internet la sveglia la calcolatrice altre ancora Per aprire una di queste applicazioni tocchi brevemente la rispettiva icona Installazione di applicazioni Per installare applicazioni sull apparecchio esegua i seguenti passi 1 Scarichi il software ad esempio dall Androipit Market Si assicuri che si tratti di file APK 2 Una volta scaricato il file sul Suo computer colleghi l apparecchio al Suo computer tramite il cavo USB e copi i files sulla memoria interna 3 Scolleghi l apparecchio dal computer ed apra per aprire i files copiati 4 Segua le istruzioni per l installazione che appaiono sul display per installare l applicazione 5 Dopo un installazione andata a buon fine potr trovare la nuova applicazione nel men delle applicazioni Disinstallazione di applicazioni 1 Aprire le Impostazioni di sistema toccando brevemente l icona Impostazioni nella panoramica delle applicazioni 2 Toccare ora la voce di menu Apps per accedere alle Impostazioni delle applicazioni 3 Scegliere tra le voci principali di menu Scaricato memoria USB attivo e la panoramica applicazioni desiderata toccandola brevemente 4 Poi toccandola selezionare l applicazione che si vuole disinstallare 5 Toccare ora Disinstalla e confermare la scelta con per disinstallare l applicazione dal dispositivo Nota Non pu eliminare software g
170. aplicaciones en el aparato rogamos que siga los pasos siguientes 1 Descargue su Software por ejemplo el Androidpit Market Aseg rese de que est manejando un fichero APK 2 Si ha descargado los datos en el ordenador conecte el aparato al ordenador por medio de un cable USB y copie los datos a la memoria interna 3 Separe al aparato del ordenador y abra el Explorer para poder acceder a los datos copiados 4 Siga las indicaciones de instalaci n en la pantalla para instalar la aplicaci n 5 Una vez la instalaci n ha terminado exitosamente encuentre la nueva aplicaci n en el men de aplicaciones Desinstalaci n de aplicaciones 1 Por favor abra los ajustes de sistema pulsando brevemente el icono Ajustes en la vista general de las aplicaciones 2 Pulse ahora brevemente en el punto de menu Aplicaciones para llegar a los Ajustes de Aplicaci n 3 Seleccione entre los puntos primarios bajados memoria USB activo y todos la vista general deseada pulsando brevemente 4 Ahora elige la aplicaci n que desea desinstalar pulsando brevemente 5 Ahora pulse en Desinstalar y confirme con OK para desinstalar la aplicaci n del dispositivo Advertencia no se puede eliminar Software que ya haya sido preinstalado 13 Fichero Explorer Abra el resumen de aplicaciones y seleccione r pidamente el icono Explorer para iniciar los ficheros Explorer Navegar entre ficheros y carpetas e Tiene a su disp
171. are un icona dalla panoramica delle applicazioni alla schermata iniziale premere un p pi a lungo sull icona nella panoramica delle applicazioni comparir la schermata iniziale Spostare l icona nel punto desiderato e togliere il dito dal touch screen L icona stata aggiunta alla schermata iniziale Se si posiziona un icona su un altra icona viene creata automaticamente una cartella che contiene le due icone Toccare la cartella per visualizzare le icone in essa contenute e selezionare poi toccandola brevemente l icona desiderata possibile anche aggiungere dei widgets alla schermata iniziale Per farlo toccare il LI nell angolo superiore destro della schermata iniziale per aprire il menu Applicazioni Poi toccare la Widgets Verranno visualizzati tutti i widgets disponibili sul dispositivo L aggiunta di un widget alla schermata iniziale si effettua esattamente come l aggiunta di un icona Se si desidera cambiare l immagine dello sfondo toccare semplicemente un punto libero della schermata iniziale e tenere premuto il dito sul display fino a che compare il menu di selezione dello sfondo Utilizzare diverse schermate iniziali Sono a Sua disposizione cinque schermate individuali impostabili in modo personale Con un leggero sfioramento verso sinistra destra passare facilmente da una all altra Premendo il tasto Home tornera sempre automaticamente alla fermata iniziale nel mezzo Applicazioni gia installat
172. ata maggiore della batteria Se l apparecchio passa di nuovo nella modalit attiva il collegamento WLAN verr ripristinato automaticamente Questo pu durare qualche secondo b Lalista attuale delle reti WLAN trovate viene aggiornata automaticamente c Se la funzione WLAND attiva l apparecchio si collegher automaticamente con una rete gi configurata se si trova nel suo raggio d Se una rete WLAN sconosciuta si trova nei paraggi viene visualizzato un campo con le relative informazioni Collegamento manuale Per cercare manualmente una rete Wifi raggiungibile procedere come segue 1 Aprire le Impostazioni 2 Aprire ora le Impostazioni Wifi e toccare Cerca IT 7 3 Se la rete Wifi non compare nell elenco delle reti disponibili selezionare la voce Aggiungi rete per inserire manualmente la rete SSID il protocollo di sicurezza ed eventualmente la relativa password Per confermare i dati inseriti toccare Salva 10 La schermata iniziale Visualizzazione Sblocco del display Se il touchscreen non viene utilizzato per due minuti l apparecchio passa automaticamente alla modalit standby Premere brevemente il tasto on off per passare alla modalit attiva Il display bloccato per impedire digitazioni involontarie Toccare il lucchetto chiuso El sul display e tenerlo premuto Trascinare quindi il lucchetto sul lucchetto aperto appena comparso e rilasciare il dito dal display Lo schermo amp ora
173. automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License 7 as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of an
174. automatisch vergr ert und durch erneutes doppeltippen wieder in der Ursprungsgr e angezeigt Durch kurzes Tippen auf den Touchscreen stehen Ihnen weitere Funktionen zur Verf gung Tippen Sie auf Menu Symbol weitere Optionen zu erhalten Hier k nnen Sie eine Diashow starten das Bild bearbeiten drehen zuschneiden festlegen als Hintergrundbild und sich die Details des Bildes anzeigen lassen Tippen Sie auf das M lltonnen Symbol E _ um das ausgew hlte Bild zu l schen Tippen Sie auf das Teilen Symbol PA um das Bild bspw per Email zu versenden DE 13 e Apps auf dem Startbildschirm Hier finden Sie eine Auswahl der bereits vorinstallierten Anwendungen aa Versand Empfang von E Mails Auf diesem Ger t ist eine E Mail Anwendung vorinstalliert Sie k nnen damit Ihre bereits bestehende E Mail Adresse nutzen um E Mails zu versenden und zu empfangen Hinweis Fur diese Funktion ist eine WLAN Verbindung zum Internet erforderlich ffnen Sie die Anwendung ber das E Mail Icon welches Sie Anwendungsmen finden Einrichtung Ihres E Mail Postfaches 1 Starten Sie die E Mail Anwendung durch Tippen auf das E Mail Symbol Sie werden nun aufgefordert Ihr E Mail Postfach einzurichten 2 Geben Sie Ihre E Mail Adresse sowie Ihr zugeh riges Passwort ein und tippen Sie dann auf Weiter Anschlie end benennen Sie Ihr Konto und legen Ihren angezeigten Namen f r ausgehende Nachrichten fest
175. batim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running the Program is not restricted and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program independent of having been made by running the Program Whether that is true depends on what the Program does 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program s source code as you receive it in any 25 medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Program and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions a You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices
176. be zu gelangen DE 20 Im Wiedergabemodus k nnen Sie weitere Einstellungen vornehmen Tippen Sie dazu kurz auf die Menu Taste EN Bibliothek Eine Ubersicht aller vorhandenen Musikdateien wird angezeigt Party Mix Den Party Mix Modus aktivieren bzw deaktivieren Zur Playlist hinzuf gen Den aktuell gespielten Titel zu einer Playlist hinzuf gen L schen L schen des aktuell gespielten Titels Toneffekte Einen Soundeffekt f r die Musikwiedergabe festlegen 11 System Einstellungen Tippen Sie im Anwendungsmen auf das Einstellungen Icon um die System Einstellungen aufzurufen e Auf der linken Seite des Men s finden Sie die einzelnen Kategorien Durch kurzes Dr cken auf den jeweils ausgew hlten Men eintrag werden die verf gbaren Einstellm glichkeiten angezeigt Beachten Sie bitte dass eventuell nicht alle von Android angebotenen Funktionen mit diesem Ger t kompatibel sind e Wenn Sie alle Einstellungen vorgenommen haben k nnen sie mit der Zur ck Taste in das zuletzt aufgerufene Men zur ckkehren oder mit der Home Taste direkt auf den Startbildschirm wechseln lhre get tigten Eingaben werden automatisch gespeichert DE 21 Einstellungs bersicht Drahtlos amp WLAN Nehmen Sie hier Ihre WLAN Einstellungen vor Netzwerke Mehr Hier k nnen Sie weitere Netzwerkeinstellungen vornehmen T ne Stellen Sie hier die gew nschte Lautst rke und den gew nschten Benachrichtigungston ein Weiterhin k nn
177. bieranie wiadomo ci e mail Na tym urz dzeniu zainstalowana jest fabrycznie aplikacja e mail U ywaj c jej mo na korzysta z ju istniej cego adresu e mail aby wysy a i odbiera wiadomo ci e mail Wskaz wka Ta funkcja wymaga po czenia poprzez sie bezprzewodow z Internetem Aplikacj t otwiera si u ywaj c ikony e mail kt ra znajduje si w menu aplikacji Konfigurowanie skrzynki e mail 1 Naciskaj c na symbol e mail nale y uruchomi aplikacj e mail Wy wietlona zostanie pro ba o skonfigurowanie skrzynki e mail 2 Nale y wpisa sw j adres e mail oraz odpowiednie has o i nast pnie nacisn Dalej Nast pnie nale y nazwa swoje konto i ustawi nazw wy wietlan dla wiadomo ci wychodz cych Aby zako czy konfiguracj nale y nacisn Gotowe Skrzynka e mail zostaje wybrana jako skrzynka standardowa je li wybrana zosta a opcja Wiadomo ci e mail wysy aj standardowo z tego konta 3 Skrzynka e mail mo e by r wnie konfigurowana r cznie W tym celu nale y wprowadzi adres e mail i odpowiednie has o i nacisn nast pnie na R czna konfiguracja aby wprowadzi dane serwer w e mail 4 Nale y wybra spo r d serwer w typu POP3 IMAP lub Exchange dla poczty przychodz cej Wskaz wka Je li nie wiesz jakie masz wybra ustawienia to skontaktuj si z Twoim dostawc us ugi e mail Twoim administratorem sieci lub wyszukaj niezb dne informacj
178. can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 of the License or at your option any later version This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU General Public License for more details You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program if not write to the Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail If the program is interactive make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode Gnomovision version 69 Copyright C year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY for details type show w This is free software and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions type show c for details The hypothetical commands show w and show c should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License Of course the commands you use may be called something other than show w and show they could even be mouse clicks or menu items whatever suits your program You should also get your employer if you work as a programmer or your school if any to sign a Copy
179. carga de la bateria con el fin de evitar la p rdida de datos y aumentar la duraci n de la bateria b Puede utilizar el aparato mientras la bateria se recarga Sin embargo para asegurar la larga duraci n de la bateria le rogamos que no haga uso del aparato mientras la bater a est cargando c Para asegurar el buen funcionamiento del aparato la bateria integrada debe ser utilizada de forma habitual Si no emplea el aparato habitualmente recargue la bater a completamente al menos una vez al mes d Asegurese de que solo emplea el transformador incluido en el paquete para recargar la bateria 6 Empleo de la tarjeta Micro SD SDHC Este dispositivo puede leer datos directamente desde una tarjeta Micro SD SDHC con una capacidad m xima de 32 GB Para poder usar una tarjeta Micro SD SDHC introd zcala en la ranura Micro SD Slot prevista en la parte izquierda del dispositivo Use el explorador preinstalado para poder acceder a los datos en la tarjeta de memoria Escoja en el explorador el ndice SD Card 7 Transferencia de datos entre el aparato y un ordenador 1 Conecte el aparato al ordenador con ayuda del cable de USB que se le proporciona En caso de que el aparato no se encuentre conectado previamente se enciende ahora de manera autom tica Esto puede durar unos momentos pues primero tiene que iniciarse el sistema operativo En caso de que el aparato ya se encuentre conectado el ordenador ha de reconocerlo autom ticamente al
180. cations tapez bri vement sur l ic ne correspondante Installation des applications Pour installer des applications sur l appareil veuillez effectuez les op rations suivantes 1 T l charger le logiciel par exemple partir du March Androidpit Assurez vous qu il s agisse d un fichier APK 2 Si vous deviez avoir t l charg les fichiers sur votre ordinateur connectez l appareil votre ordinateur via le c ble USB et copiez les fichiers sur la m moire interne 3 D branchez l appareil de l ordinateur et ouvrez l Explorateur pour ouvrir les fichiers copi s 4 Suivez les instructions d installation qui apparaissent l cran pour installer l application 5 Apr s la r ussite de l installation vous trouvez la nouvelle application dans le menu Application D sinstallation des applications 1 Ouvrez les param tres syst me en appuyant sur l ic ne des param tres dans l aper u d application 2 Maintenant appuyez sur l option de menu Apps bri vement pour acc der aux param tres d applications 3 Choisissez l aper u d applications souhait dans les options de menu T l charger m moire USB active et tous en tapant bri vement dessus 4 Maintenant s lectionnez l application que vous souhaitez d sinstaller en tapant bri vement dessus 5 Maintenant appuyez sur D sinstallez et validez votre entr e avec OK pour d sinstaller l application du p riph rique Note Vous ne po
181. chsch den verursachen kann DE 25 16 Technische Daten 1 6 GHz Quadcore based on Cortex 9 Arbeitsspeicher 1GBDDR3 Betriebssystem 4 2 2 Kompatible Betriebssysteme und ner Vista 7 8 Linux 2 4 und h her Mac 10 6 Sm Mn Kamera 0 3 MP Front Kamera 2 MP R ckseiten Kamera SNR 7 5 O 20 Hz 20 KHz V AC Adapter Ktec KSASB0241200200D5 AC Input 100 240V 50 60Hz DC Output 12V 2A Interne Batterie Wiederaufladbarer Lithium lonen Polymer Akku 17 Wartung des Gerates Spr hen oder Tragen Sie niemals eine Fl ssigkeit direkt auf das Display oder Geh use auf 18 S uberung des Ger tes Wischen Sie Geh use Rahmen und Display vorsichtig mit einem weichen fussel und chemikalienfreien Tuch ab Verwenden Sie nur Reinigungsmittel die speziell f r Displays bestimmt sind 19 Entsorgung von Elektro Altger ten Die mit diesem Symbol gekennzeichneten Ger te unterliegen der europ ischen Richtlinie 2002 96 EC Alle Elektro und Elektroaltgr te m ssen getrennt vom Hausm ll ber die daf r vorgesehenen staatlichen Stellen entsorgt werden Mit der ordnungsgem en Entsorgung von Elektro Altger ten vermeiden Sie Umweltsch den Intenso 49377 Vechta Germany www intenso de DE 26 20 Lizenzinformation HINWEIS Sehr geehrte Kundin sehr geehrter Kunde bei Interesse Sie und jeder Dritte den Quelltext der verwendeten GPL LGPL
182. cion de fotos para abrir la galeria Para el uso las fotos se tienen que almacenar en el dispositivo Seleccione la galeria deseada asi como la imagen deseada con un breve clic La imagen aparecera a tamano de pantalla completa Para visualizar la imagen siguiente o la anterior mueva la imagen actual con el dedo hacia la izquierda o derecha de la pantalla segun proceda Coloque dos dedos sobre la pantalla tactil y estirelos para que la imagen aumente de tamano Si coloca los dedos juntos la imagen disminuira de tamano Pulse breve y r pidamente dos veces sobre la pantalla t ctil para que la imagen aumente su tamano autom ticamente y al tocar nuevamente la imagen dos veces sta volver a su tamano habitual Si se toca brevemente la pantalla t ctil aparecer n otras funciones a su disposici n Pulse en el s mbolo de Menu a para obtener mas opciones Aqui pude iniciar una presentaci n de diapositivas editar imagenes girarlas cortarlas fijarlas como fondo de pantalla y dejarse mostrar los detalles de la A Pulse en el simbolo de la papelera seleccionada para eliminar la imagen Pulse en el simbolo de compartir para enviar la imagen por correo electr nico ES 12 e Aplicaciones preinstaladas en la pantalla inicial Aqui encuentra una seleccion de las aplicaciones preinstaladas aa Enviar recibir e mails Este aparato cuenta con una aplicacion de email preinstalada Se le permite ut
183. ctuelle via les r seaux WiFi par exemple Google Maps TM Vous pouvez galement d terminer si Google peut adapter les r sultats de recherche et d autres services votre position Ici vous pouvez mettre en place un verrouillage de l cran par exemple ou la mise en ceuvre d autres param tres de s curit Langue amp Clavier Ici vous pouvez d finir votre langue pr f r e par exemple ou ajouter des mots diff rents votre dictionnaire personnel ou r gler le clavier Enregistrer amp Ici vous pouvez enregistrer vos param tres syst me et donn es r initialiser d application sur les serveurs Google De plus vous pouvez r initialiser les r glages par d faut ATTENTION Ce faisant toutes les donn es sauvegard es sur le p riph rique seront supprim es Ajouter un compte Permet l ajout de differents comptes Systeme Date amp heure Ici vous pouvez d finir la date l heure le fuseau horaire et le format d affichage A propos de la Affiche des informations suppl mentaires sur le p riph rique tablette FR 21 12 Gestion des applications Applications pr install es Cet appareil est livre avec des applications d ja pr install es Vous trouverez des applications d ja install es dans des applications Il s agit notamment du lecteur vid o du lecteur audio du navigateur Internet de I alarme de la calculatrice et encore un peu plus Pour ouvrir une de ces appli
184. czaca wyzej wymienionego urzadzenia zostata ztozona w nastepujacym miejscu Intenso GmbH Diepholzer Str 15 49377 Vechta Niemcy Osoba upowazniona Zarzadzajacy przedsi biorstwem Thomas P hlking d f PL 29 TAB 1004 Bac 1004 1 AA 1 AO o E OO E OOO PO ORO O OOO A 2 BA A A ES A A NS 4 A aa don ee ee 4 5 3apAgka a iia ii shui hos asda hash ias ho banha a ira ho a had 5 6 MICRO 5 5 69 92 EEEE EEEn 5 7 5 A o A 6 SA A A 7 nein enden 7 near 7 10 HYCKOBON Psic aaa 8 AE A AO AI NO AA adadad danaa 8 cc 8 A o E E 9 CraproBoro pata asas 9
185. d on the Program you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it 6 Each time you redistribute the Program or any work based on the Program the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License 7 as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any partic
186. d on the Program you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it 6 Each time you redistribute the Program or any work based on the Program the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License 7 as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any partic
187. d sound for messages here Also you can activate or deactivate a confirmation sound when touching the screen and an indication sound when unlocking the display lock Brightness Adjust display brightness Background Selection of the background Rotate display autom Activation or deactivation of the automatic display alignment when rotating the device Idle state Adjust the delay before automatic display deactivation Font size set up of the desired font size Activate and or deactivate the HDMI function from here modify the resolution and set up the zoom Here you can get information about the internal memory and if inserted about your MicroSD card Also you can delete the memory content Here you can get information about the state of charge of the integrated batteries Here you can manage installed applications and get information about them Here you can allow multiple Android applications to determine and use you current position via WiFi networks e g Google Maps You can also determine if Google may adapt search results and other services to your location Here you can set up a screen lock for example or implement other security relevant settings Here you can set your preferred language for example or add various words to your personal dictionary or adjust Here you can save your system settings and application data on Google servers Furthermore you can reset the factory settings CAUT
188. de dados o Imagens e filmes podem estar protegidos por direitos de terceiros A reprodu o sem licen a pode violar direitos de autor o Evite a utiliza o em campos altamente magnetizados o Proteja o seu aparelho de humidade Se entrar humidade no aparelho desligue o imediatamente limpe e seque o o N o utilize solu es qu micas para limpar o aparelho Utilize apenas um pano seco o N o posicione chamas abertas tais como velas acesas perto ou em cima do aparelho e Nao somos responsaveis por danos em caso de funcionamento incorrecto por perda de dados manuseamento incorrecto repara es do aparelho ou troca de bateria feitas por m o pr pria o Caso o aparelho n o reaja as suas entradas utilize o bot o de repdr no verso do aparelho para o voltar a iniciar o Quando n o o utilizar retire o transformador da fonte de energia o A tomada deve se encontrar perto do aparelho e ser de f cil acesso PT 2 Utilize o transformador apenas em tomadas ligadas a terra com AC 100 240V 50 60 Hz Caso nao tenha certeza da fonte de energia no local de coloca o consulte o respectivo distribuidor de energia Utilize apenas o transformador e o cabo de liga o rede fornecidos Para interromper o abastecimento de energia para o seu aparelho retire o transformador da tomada Segure o transformador sempre quando o retirar da tomada Nunca puxe pelo fio N o abra a caixa do adaptador de rede Em caso de caixa abert
189. do not need right now 1 Open the Task killer application 2 Select the applications you do not currently need vallable Memory 94 00M KILL selected apps Search Applicatiofis Provider 3 To confirm your selection please tap briefly on the Kill selected apps icon Available Memory 94 00M KILL selected apps 15 Limited Warranty Terms The warranty covers only the replacement of this Intenso product The warranty does not cover normal wear and tear resulting from faulty improper use negligence accident incompatibility or poor performance of specific computer hardware or computer software There is no warranty in the case of non compliance with the Intenso user manual improper installation use or defects caused by other equipment Warranty is also excluded if the product is subjected to the effects of vibration electrostatic discharge heat or moisture beyond the product specifications Intenso is not liable for data loss or any collateral damage or consequential damages for breach of warranty or for any other damage whatever the underlying cause This product is not intended for commercial use or for medical and special applications in which the failure of the product may cause injury death or substantial property damage EN 23 16 Technical Data 1 6 GHz Quadcore based on Cortex 9 1 GB DDR 3 Operating system Android 4 2 2 l Android 4 2 20 Compatible operating systems si
190. ducao da musica nao interrompida Sendo assim pode navegar por exemplo com o browser na internet e ouvir musica simultaneamente Toque simplesmente de novo no icone da musica para voltar reprodu o da m sica No modo de reprodu o pode efectuar v rias defini es Toque brevemente em menu Biblioteca visualiza se resumo de todos os ficheiros de musica disponiveis Party Shuffle activar ou desactivar modo Party Shuffle Adicionar a Playlist adicionar o titulo a reproduzir actualmente a uma playlist apagar titulo a reproduzir actualmente Efeitos de som definir um efeito de som para a reprodu o da m sica 19 11 Configura es do sistema Clique no menu das aplica es sobre o icone de configura o para ativar a configura o do sistema e No lado esquerdo do menu est o as localizadas as categorias Clicando levemente no respectivo menu ir apareceras possibilidades de configura o dispon veis Considere que eventualmente nem todas as fun es do Android sao compat veis com este aparelho e Quando todas as configura es tiverem sido completadas com a tecla Voltar poss vel tornar ao ltimo menu executado ou com a tecla Home voltar diretamente para a tela principal As altera es feitas ser o salvadas automaticamente Resumo das configura es Para configurar sua rede Wi Fi Sem fios amp redes Outras possibilidades de configura o de rede
191. e czy si z ju skonfigurowan sieci je li znajduje si w jej zasi gu d Jesli w zasiegu znajduje sie nieznana sie bezprzewodowa to wyswietlane jest pole informacyjne Potacznie reczne recznie wyszuka dostepna siec bezprzewodowa nalezy postepowac nastepujaco 1 Nalezy nacisng na ikone WiFi na stronie startowej albo w przegladzie aplikacji 2 Nastepnie nalezy otworzy ustawienia sieci bezprzewodowej oraz podmenu W tym celu nalezy nacisna na symbol menu i wybrac w wySwietlonym menu punkt Scan 3 Je li sie bezprzewodowa nie zosta a wy wietlona na li cie dost pnych sieci nale y przewin w dot i wybra punkt Dodaj sie bezprzewodow aby r cznie wprowadzi SSID sieci protok zabezpiecze i przynale ne has o Aby potwierdzi wprowadzone dane nale y nacisn na Zapisz PLET 10 Ekran startowy Widok Odblokowywanie wyswietlacza Jesli ekran dotykowy nie jest obstugiwany przez dwie minuty to urzadzenie przechodzi w tryb czuwania Aby przej w tryb aktywny nale y kr tko nacisn przycisk W WY Wy wietlacz jest zablokowany w celu ochrony przed niezamierzonym wprowadzaniem Dotknij na wy wietlaczu zamkni tej k dki Gi przytrzymaj ja naci ni t Przeci gnij teraz t k dk na w a nie wy wietlon otwart k dk 854 i nast pnie cofnij sw j palec z wy wietlacza Ekran jest teraz odblokowany THU 7 18 2013 Pociagnij
192. e work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running the Program is not restricted and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program independent of having been made by running the Program Whether that is true depends on what the Program does 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program s source code as you receive it in any PT 25 medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Program and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you
193. e you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 10 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 11 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 INNO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE
194. e Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program independent of having been made by running the Program Whether that is true depends on what the Program does 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program s source code as you receive it in any IT 26 medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Program and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions a You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change b You must cause any work that you distribute or publish that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License c If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run you must cau
195. e and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the origin
196. e in these cases the warranty expires Do not use the device in places where the use of mobile devices is prohibited Do not use the device in the vicinity of other electronic devices because the high frequency signals can cause interferences Do not use it near a pacemaker in a hospital or near medical equipment because the high frequency signals may cause interferences Keep a distance of at least 15 cm from a pacemaker Please contact the manufacturer of these devices to obtain information about joint use If you use earphones or headsets on full blast you could cause a durable damage to your hearing Please consider that a continuously high volume can cause permanent hearing damage To avoid an eventual health risk caused by too high volume we recommend you to use the included headsets For reasons of traffic safety the device may not be operated by the driver himself while driving EN 3 3 Device overview 18 10 11 On Off button Press and hold to 6 3 5mm headphone jack turn the unit off press briefly to switch 7 Micro USB Socket between standby and active mode 8 HDMI Volume 9 DC 12V 2A input Loading Status LED A red light 10 Micro SD Card slot flashes while loading A yellow light 11 Built in microphone flashes as soon as the battery is
197. e la pel cula protectora de la pantalla antes de utilizar el aparato La pantalla t ctil identifica pequenas cargas el ctricas tales como las emitidas por los dedos de la mano defini ndose as como punto de entrada Por consiguiente es preferible que utilice las puntas de sus dedos para efectuar las entradas Su empleo por medio de un bol grafo o de otro objeto agudo no es posible La pantalla t ctil no ha de entrar en contacto con agua u otros equipamientos el ctricos para evitar un mal funcionamiento del aparato o defectos permanentes Advertencias a Sila pantalla t ctil no se usa durante dos minutos el aparato pasa a encontrarse en modo Standby Pulsen brevemente la tecla On Off para cambiar al modo activo b bloqueo del teclado se encuentra activado autom ticamente con el fin de evitar entradas deseadas Por favor desbloquee el teclado de la pantalla t ctil Toque el candado cerrado en la pantalla mant ngalo presionado continuaci n presione sobre el candado para que aparezca un candado abierto y quite el dedo de la pantalla La pantalla est desbloqueada ahora El aparato puede girar en todas las direcciones pues dispone de un sensor que ajusta la pantalla automaticamente ES 6 9 WIFI Para conectar el dispositivo a Internet necesita una conexion inalambrica Para establecerla pulse el icono Wi Fi en la pantalla de inicio o abra la configuracion inalambrica en ajustes Advertencia t
198. e nowego folderu Folder Back Krok w ty Next Krok w prz d Kopiowanie przenoszenie i zmiana nazwy pliku i folderu 1 Najpierw nale y przej do wybranego pliku w podgl dzie plik w 2 Nale y nacisn i przytrzyma palec na pliku a wy wietli si pole informacyjne Teraz nale y wybra funkcj Do wyboru s kopiowanie Copy usuwanie Delete przenoszenie Move wstawianie Paste w tym celu plik musi znajdowa si w schowku oraz zmiana nazwy Rename 4 Aby skopiowa lub przenie nale y kr tko nacisn na odpowiedni ikon Copy Move i nast pnie przej do folderu docelowego Nast pnie nale y nacisn na ikon edytora i wybra przez kr tkie naci ni cie Paste aby wklei plik 5 Aby usun plik nale y nacisn na Delete i potwierdzi zabezpieczenie przez ponowne naci ni cie Delete Aby anulowa nale y kr tko nacisn na Cancel 6 Aby zmieni nazw pliku nale y nacisn na Rename i nast pnie wpisa u ywaj c wirtualnej klawiatury now nazw pliku Wprowadzon nazw nale y potwierdzi naciskaj c OK lub anulowa proces naciskaj c Cancel 7 Mo na jednocze nie kopiowa usuwa lub przenosi kilka plik w i folder w W tym celu nale y nacisn ikon Multi Gli nastepnie nacisna na wybrane pliki Zaznaczone pliki zostana teraz wy wietlone w innym kolorze Naciskajac na ikone Editor mozna
199. e of software generally NO WARRANTY 11 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 INNO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PT 27 PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs If you develop a new program and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public the best way to achieve this is to make it fre
200. e similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program does not specify a version number of this License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 10 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 11 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK
201. e similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program does not specify a version number of this License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 10 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 11 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK
202. e software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms To do so attach the following notices to the program It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty and each file should have at least the copyright line and a pointer to where the full notice is found one line to give the program s name and an idea of what it does Copyright C yyyy name of author This program is free software can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 of the License or at your option any later version This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU General Public License for more details You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program if not write to the Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail If the program is interactive make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode Gnomovision version 69 Copyright C year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY for details type show w This is free software
203. e sulla schermata iniziale A Collegamento alla ricerca Google Panoramica applicazioni C Orologio analogico D Galleria delle foto E Apps sulla schermata di avvio F Connessione rapida musica G Barra di stato Indietro Home ultimi programmi usati ora Wifi stato batteria IT 10 a Barra di ricerca per la ricerca Google og Google Toccare brevemente la lente di ingrandimento per aprire la funzione di ricerca di Google Digitare il concetto da cercare sulla e premere Via Vengono visualizzati ora i risultati di ricerca disponibili della ricerca con Google Toccare il microfono per attivare la ricerca vocale Ora possibile inserire a voce il concetto da cercare pronunciandolo chiaramente riconoscimento vocale propone diversi possibili concetti da cercare Azionare il concetto desiderato toccandolo brevemente e saranno visualizzati i risultati della ricerca con Google e Consiglio un movimento rapido verso alto o il basso dopo che ha rilasciato il dito dal touchscreen l apparecchio scorre velocemente attraverso una lista Questo funziona per tutte le visualizzazioni che sono pi grandi del Display Nota Per questa funzione necessario un collegamento WLAN ad internet b Men principale applicazioni Tocchi brevemente l icona del Men principale applicazioni per aprire il men principale delle applicazioni Visualizzer quindi un quadro d insieme di tutte le applicazio
204. e w Internecie u ywaj c np poj adres POP i nazwa Twojego dostawcy Kontotyp Exchange 5 Wprowadz dane serwer port itd 6 Teraz nalezy wybrac typ serwera dla poczty wychodzacej i wprowadzi niezbedne dane 7 przejs dalej w menu nalezy nacisna Dalej Aplikacja e mail sprawdzi teraz worowadzone ustawienia serwerow Po udanej konfiguracji wyswietlony zostanie komunikat Your account is set up and email is on its way Konto jest teraz skonfigurowane 8 Teraz nale y nazwa skrzynk pocztow i nacisn na Gotowe aby zako czy proces Wskaz wka Je li posiadasz wi cej kont e mail to przy ka dym uruchomieniu aplikacji e mail wywo ywane b dzie konto standardowe PL 13 Zarzadzanie kontami e mail Dodawanie nowej skrzynki pocztowej 1 Nale y otworzy aplikacj e mail i nacisn przycisk Menu O aby wy wietli dalsze opcje Aby za o y now skrzynk pocztow nale y wybra punkt menu Ustawienia i nast pnie Dodaj konto 2 Nast pnie nale y post powa zgodnie z poleceniami kreatora aby za o y now skrzynk pocztow Usuwanie skrzynki pocztowej 1 Nale y otworzy aplikacj e mail i nacisn przycisk Menu a aby wy wietli dalsze opcje Aby za o y usun skrzynk pocztow nale y wybra punkt menu Ustawienia i nast pnie Usu konto Sprawdzanie w a ciwo ci konta 1 Nale y otworzy apli
205. ebsite www gnu org GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs and that you know you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilit
206. ed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or b Accompany it with a written offer valid for at least three years to give any third party for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution a complete machine readable copy of the corresponding source code to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or c Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer in accord with Subsection b above The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For an executable work complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable However as a special exception the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to c
207. ed GPL LGPL from Intenso Webpage hitp www intenso de The source code of the desired product is available to anyone on the selection of valid product category and the desired device In the product details you will find the entry drivers Open this menu to download the corresponding GPL LGPL code For a fee of 35 delivery to another country as Germany it is also possible to obtain this code by postal delivery More information about the GPL LGPL Licence can you find on following website www gnu org GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses
208. ed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License The Program below refers to any such program or work and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running the Program is not restricted and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program independent of having been made by running the Program Whether that is true depends on what the Program does 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program s source code as you receive it in any FR 26 medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exc
209. ed to control compilation and installation of the executable However as a special exception the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code 4 You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by IT 27 law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Program or any work based on the Program
210. ee software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 of the License or at your option any later version This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU General Public License for more details You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program if not write to the Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail If the program is interactive make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode Gnomovision version 69 Copyright C year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY for details type show w This is free software and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions type show c for details The hypothetical commands show w and show c should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License Of course the commands you use may be called something other than show w and show they could even be mouse clicks or menu items whatever suits your program You should also get your employer if you work as a programmer or your school if any
211. ee software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 of the License or at your option any later version This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU General Public License for more details You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program if not write to the Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail If the program is interactive make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode Gnomovision version 69 Copyright C year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY for details type show w This is free software and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions type show c for details The hypothetical commands show w and show c should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License Of course the commands you use may be called something other than show w and show they could even be mouse clicks or menu items whatever suits your program You should also get your employer if you work as a programmer or your school if any
212. elaborare l immagine ruotarla tagliarla impostarla come immagine di sfondo e visualizzare i dettagli dell immagine Toccare il simbolo del bidone della spazzatura A per cancellare l immagine selezionata Toccare il simbolo Condividi PI per inviare l immagine ad es via e mail e Applicazioni gi installate sulla schermata iniziale Qui trova una selezione delle applicazioni pre installate aa Invio ricezione di e mails Su questo apparecchio gi installata un applicazione per le e mails Pu in questo modo utilizzare i Suoi account gi esistenti per inviare e ricevere e mails Nota Per questa funzione necessario un collegamento WLAN ad internet l applicazione tramite l icona E Mail che si trova nel men delle applicazioni Configurazione della Sua casella di posta elettronica 1 Avvii l applicazione dell e mail toccando il simbolo E Mail Le verr quindi richiesto di configurare la Sua casella di posta elettronica 2 Inserisca il Suo indirizzo e mail e la relativa password quindi tocchi Avanti Infine dia un nome al Suo account e stabilisca il Suo nome che deve essere visualizzato per la posta in uscita Tocchi Finito per concludere la configurazione La Sua casella di posta elettronica viene selezionata come casella standard se seleziona l opzione Inviare e mails sempre da questo account 3 Pu configurare la Sua casella di posta elettronica anche manualmente Inseri
213. en Sie einen Best tigungston bei Ber hrung des Touchscreens und einen Hinweiston beim Entsperren der Displaysperre aktivieren bzw deaktivieren Display Helligkeit Displayhelligkeit anpassen Hintergrund Auswahl des gew nschten Hintergrundes Display autom drehen Ein und Ausschalten der automatischen Ausrichtung des Displays beim Drehen des Ger tes Ruhezustand Verz gerung vor der automatischen Displayabschaltung anpassen Schriftgr e Einstellen der gew nschten Schriftgr e Aktivieren bzw deaktivieren Sie hier die HDMI Funktion ndern Sie die Aufl sung und stellen Sie den Zoom ein Hier bekommen Sie Informationen ber den internen Speicher und falls eingesetzt ber Ihre MicroSD Karte Weiterhin k nnen Sie den Inhalt des Speichers l schen Akkus ber die Anwendungen erhalten Standortdienste Hier k nnen Sie diversen Android Anwendungen erlauben Ihren aktuellen Standort ber Drahtlosnetzwerke festzustellen und zu nutzen z B Google Maps Sie k nnen weiterhin festlegen ob Google Suchergebnisse und andere Dienste an Ihren Standort anpassen darf Hier k nnen Sie beispielsweise eine Bildschirmsperre einrichten und weitere sicherheitsrelevante Einstellungen vornehmen Sprache amp Eingabe Hier k nnen Sie beispielsweise Ihre bevorzugte Sprache einstellen dem pers nlichen W rterbuch verschiedene W rter hinzuf gen und diverse Einstellungen an der Tastatur vornehmen Sichern
214. en eines Icons Wenn Sie das Hintergrundbild ndern m chten tippen Sie einfach auf eine freie Stelle auf einem Startbildschirm und halten Sie den Finger solange auf das Display gedr ckt bis das Hintergrundauswahlmen erscheint Verschiedene Startbildschirme nutzen Ihnen stehen f nf individuell einzurichtende Startbildschirme zur Verf gung Durch eine leichte Wischbewegung nach links oder rechts k nnen Sie ganz leicht zwischen Ihnen wechseln Durch Dr cken der Home Taste gelangen Sie immer automatisch zum mittleren Startbildschirm zur ck DE 10 Vorinstallierte Anwendungen auf dem Startbildschirm A Verkn pfung zur Google Suche Anwendungs bersicht Analoge Uhr D Fotogalerie E Apps auf dem Startbildschirm F Musik Schnellzugriff G Statusleiste Zur ck Home zuletzt genutzte Programme Uhrzeit Wlan Akkustatus a Suchleiste fur die Google Suche Q Google Tippen Sie kurz auf die Lupe um die Google Suchfunktion zu ffnen Geben Sie den gew nschten Suchbegriff ber die virtuelle Tastatur ein und dr cken Sie auf Los Es werden Ihnen nun die verf gbaren Suchergebnisse der Google Suche angezeigt e Tipp Durch eine schnelle Auf oder Abwartsbewegung nach der Sie den Finger vom Touchscreen l sen scrollt das Ger t schnell durch eine Liste Dies funktioniert in allen Anzeigen die gr er als das Display sind w Th r ra r box g Hinweis
215. en the email application and tap the menu key m to display additional options Select the menu item Settings and subsequently Delete account to delete the desired mailbox Checking the account properties 1 Open the email application and tap the menu key O to display additional options and then select Settings All already created mailboxes will now be displayed on the left side of the menu 2 Tap the desired mailbox to display the account settings 3 Tap the Account setting you wish to change in order to make the desired entries Viewing e mail messages Open the e mail application by briefly tapping the e mail icon The mailbox you already created is displayed e You can scroll through your e mail with a vertical sweeping motion Tap briefly on a particular e mail to open it Tap and hold your finger on a particular e mail in order to display more options an info box will be displayed You can now open reply forward or delete the e mail EN 14 Writing email messages 1 Tap the Email icon in the top menu bar of the email overview and a new window will open where you can write a new email 2 Now enter the email address of the recipient a subject line and the text into the designated fields You can also add Cc Bcc to send this email to several users 3 Tap Send to send the email Tap Save to save the entered email as a draft When you tap the dustbin icon the currently entered email will be dele
216. enga en cuenta que necesita tener una red de WLAN al alcance desde su posici n actual Conexion automatica Abra la configuraci n inalambrica mediante el icono Wi Fi mediante ajustes Puede activar desactivar facilmente la funcion inalambrica Basta con deslizar el interruptor virtual hacia la izquierda hasta la posicion On para desactivar la funci n inalambrica La pantalla cambia a Off Para activar de nuevo la funcion inalambrica desactivada deslice el interruptor virtual hacia la derecha Settings WIRELESS amp NETWORKS O Wi Fi En la configuracion inalambrica aparecen en el lado derecho todas las redes disponibles y todas las redes ya utilizadas Por favor escoja la red deseada y escriba la contrasena password para esa red WLAN de modo que se pueda establecer una conexion Settings WIRELESS amp NETWORKS Wi Fi WL INT Connected Data usage WH INT1 More Secured with WPA2 Dado el caso confirme la contrasena introducida tecleandol luego pulse Enter y por ultimo haga clic en Conectar Despu s de un momento se establece la conexion Notas a Si se cambia al aparato al modo Standby la WLAN se desactivara automaticamente Esto reduce el consumo de energia y conduce autom ticamente al aumento de la duraci n de la bateria Cuando el aparato vuelve a pasar al modo activo la conexi n WLAN se restaura autom ticamente Esta operaci n puede durar unos segundos b La lista de las
217. eo electr nico del destinatario un asunto y el texto en los campos previstos para ello Tambi n puede a adir CC CCO para enviar un correo electr nico a varios destinatarios 3 Pulse en Enviar para enviar el correo electr nico Pulse en Guardar para guardar el correo electr nico introducido como borrador Si pulsa en el S mbolo de la papelera se borrar el correo electr nico introducido actualmente bb Calendario Toque brevemente este icon para conseguir una vista general del calendario Para poder gestionar citas y avisos tiene que sincronizar su calendario Google existente o establecer un calendario nuevo Si todav a no tiene una cuenta Google en su dispositivo para el primer uso del calendario siga simplemente las instrucciones del asistente o abra m s tarde los ajustes del calendario Elija a adir cuenta y aparece el asistente cc Leer documentos de Office En este aparato ya se encuentra instalada la aplicaci n Office Suite para leer documentos de Office Puede leer documentos de Word Excel o Powerpoint 1 Copie los ficheros de Office deseados al aparato 2 Abra la aplicaci n Office Suite 3 Utilice el navegador Explorer para los ficheros deseados 4 Elija los ficheros deseados pulsando brevemente y moviendo el dedo horizontal y verticalmente sobre la pantalla de forma que sea posible pasar de p gina Pulse la tecla del men para abrir otras opciones Puede po
218. er supprimer ins rer ou renommer un fichier ou un dossier Nouveau Cr er un nouveau dossier a Une tape en arri re tape en arri re Une tape en avant Copier d placer et renommer des fichiers et dossiers 1 Acc dez au fichier souhait dans l aper u des fichiers 2 Tapez et maintenez votre doigt sur le fichier jusqu ce qu un champ d information apparaisse 3 Maintenant s lectionnez la fonction d sir e Vous avez le choix entre Copier Copy Supprimer Delete D placer Move Coller Paste pour cela un fichier doit se trouver dans le presse papiers et Renommer Rename 4 Pour copier ou D placer tapez bri vement sur l ic ne appropri e Ic ne Copy Move et naviguez ensuite dans le r pertoire de destination Tapez ensuite sur l ic ne Editeur et s lectionnez Coller en tapant bri vement pour ins rer le fichier 5 Pour supprimer un fichier tapez sur Supprimer et confirmez nouveau avec Supprimer pour la s curit Pour annuler tapez bri vement sur Annuler 6 Pour renommer un fichier tapez sur Renommer puis entrez le nouveau nom de fichier sur le clavier virtuel Confirmez votre entr e avec OK ou annuler la proc dure avec Annuler 7 Vous pouvez copier supprimer ou d placer simultan ment plusieurs fichiers et dossiers Pour cela tapez sur l ic ne Multi puis sur les fichiers souhait s Les fichiers marqu s s affichent maintenant dan
219. eriodo prolongado la bateria comienza a descargarse lentamente Antes de volver a utilizar el aparato debe recargarla Le rogamos que elimine el aparato o la bateria de manera ecol gica Por favor no desmonte los componentes del aparato ni intente repararlo por si mismo pues en ese caso la garant a expira No emplee el aparato en lugares en que la utilizaci n de aparatos m viles se encuentre prohibida No utilice el aparato cerca de otros aparatos el ctricos ya que puede ocasionar interferencias debido a las senales de alta frecuencia No utilice el aparato cerca de un marcapasos en un hospital pr ximo aparatos m dicos pues puede causar interferencias debido a las senales de alta frecuencia Mantenga una distancia minima de 15 cm respecto a la posici n de un marcapasos Consulte al productor de ese aparato concreto para obtener informaci n sobre su empleo com n El uso de auriculares a un volumen demasiado alto puede causar da os irreparables el o do Tenga en cuenta que el constante volumen alto puede ocasionar una p rdida permanente del oido Para evitar posibles riesgos de saludo causados por un volumen demasiado alto le recomendamos la utlizaci n del auricular incluido en la entrega Por motivos de seguridad vial este aparato no debe ser usado por el conductor durante cualquier trayecto ES 3 3 Vista general del aparato
220. errompere l alimentazione di corrente all apparecchio estrarre l alimentatore dalla presa Tenere sempre ben fermo il trasformatore mentre lo si estrae Non tirare mai il filo Non aprire l alloggiamento dell adattatore Aprendo l alloggiamento sussiste pericolo di morte per scossa elettrica Non contiene componenti che possono essere riparate Se non si utilizza l apparecchio per lungo tempo la batteria si scarica lentamente Prima del riutilizzo quest ultima dev essere quindi ricaricata Smaltire l apparecchio o la batteria nel rispetto dell ambiente Non scomporre l apparecchio in pezzi singoli e non cercare di ripararlo per conto proprio in quanto la garanzia in questo caso decadrebbe Non utilizzare l apparecchio posti dove l utilizzo di apparecchi mobili vietato Non utilizzare l apparecchio in prossimit di altri apparecchio elettronici in quanto potrebbe verificarsi un interferenza col segnale d alta frequenza Non utilizzare l apparecchio nei pressi di pacemaker un ospedale o nei pressi di apparecchi medici in quanto potrebbe verificarsi un interferenza col segnale d alta frequenza Rivolgersi al produttore di questo apparecchio per ricevere informazioni su un utilizzo in concomitanza con altri dispositivi Quando si utilizzano degli auricolari o delle cuffie ad un volume troppo elevato si possono verificare dei danni duraturi all udito La preghiamo di considerare che il volume costantemente elevato potrebbe
221. es de donn es pour viter d ventuelles pertes de donn es Nous ne sommes pas responsables d une perte de donn es ventuelle o Ne pas d brancher la connexion quand les donn es sont encours de transfert ou l appareil en cours de formatage Ceci peut entrainer la perte de donn es o Les images et les films peuvent tre prot g s des tiers par des droits Ecouter sans licence peut violer les droits d auteur o viter l utilisation dans des champs hautement magn tiques Prot ger l appareil de l humidit Si l humidit p n tre dans l appareil veuillez imm diatement l teindre puis veuillez nettoyer et s cher l appareil o Veuillez ne pas utiliser de solvants chimiques pour nettoyer l appareil Veuillez n utilisez ici qu un chiffon sec e Ne pas placer de flammes nues telles que des bougies allum es proximit de l appareil ou sur celui ci o Nous ne sommes pas responsables des dommages en cas de fonctionnement d fectueux ni des pertes de donn es dues une mauvaise manipulation une r paration de l appareil par vos propres moyens ou un changement de batterie Si pour une fois l appareil venait ne pas r pondre vos entr es veuillez utiliser le bouton de r initialisation l arri re de l appareil pour le faire red marrer Lorsqu il n est pas utilis veuillez d brancher l adaptateur secteur de l alimentation lectrique o La prise doit se trouver dans les environs de l appareil et tre
222. est maintenant affich e en plein cran Pour voir l image suivante ou pr c dente s afficher d placez simplement l image actuelle avec votre doigt gauche ou droite de l cran Placez deux doigts sur l cran tactile et loignez les l un de l autre pour agrandir l image en continu Si vous rassemblez nouveau les doigts l image est r duite en continu Tapez sur l cran tactile bri vement et rapidement deux fois l image est automatiquement agrandie et est nouveau affich e dans sa taille originale en appuyant nouveau deux fois FR 12 En tapant brievement sur I cran tactile des fonctions suppl mentaires sont disponibles Appuyez sur l ic ne Menu pour obtenir des options suppl mentaires Ici vous pouvez lancer un diaporama modifier tourner et couper l image la d finir comme image de fond ou afficher les d tails de l image Appuyez sur l ic ne poubelle pour supprimer l image s lectionn e Appuyez sur l ic ne partager pour envoyer l image par email Applications pr install es sur d accueil Vous trouverez ici une s lection des applications pr install es aa Exp dition reception des e mails Une application de messagerie lectronique est pr install e sur cet appareil Vous pouvez ainsi utiliser votre adresse e mail existante pour envoyer et recevoir des e mails Note Pour cette fonction une connexion internet sans fil est n cessaire Ou
223. estfile Offices suite doc This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file dd AndroidPIT App O AndroidPIT App esta pr instalado neste aparelho Aqui podera encontrar varias Apps relatorios de testes um blog e um forum Para mais informa es ou ajuda na utiliza o do App Center visite a p gina web do operador sob www androidpit de Nota Esta fun o requer uma liga o WLAN a Internet PT 15 ee Web Browser Para iniciar o Web Browser toque no icone do browser EJ no ecr principal Insira o endereco de internet no campo superior de entradas para abrir uma pagina da internet Surge ent o o teclado virtual para assim poder inserir o endere o da pagina pretendida na internet Toque em comecar ou no s mbolo da seta ao lado do campo de entradas para abrir a pagina da internet Nota Nem todas as redes fornecem o acesso internet Algumas redes oferecem apenas o acesso a outros computadores conectados a n vel local mas n o uma liga o a internet Utiliza o do teclado virtual Toque no campo de entradas para aceder ao teclado virtual Pode ent o inserir textos ou aceder a p ginas da internet a Caps Lock letras mai sculas ou min sculas Tecla para voltar c Aceder ao menu para os n meros sinais e
224. ete el icono del candado para que aparezca el icono de la c mara para ir directamente a la aplicaci n ES 8 Barra de estado La barra de estado se encuentra en la parte inferior de la pantalla de inicio Tiene las siguientes funciones Ultimos programas utilizados Estado de la bateria Conexi n WLAN Acceso a la pantalla inicial Puede comprobar la siguiente informacion sobre los ultimos programas utilizados la intensidad de la senal de la conecxi n WLAN actual la hora actual el estado de carga de la bateria actual Puede ejecutar las siguientes funciones o arrancar la pantalla de inicio e volver al paso anterior en los respectivos men s arrancados e arrancar el ltimo programa utilizado Pulsando brevemente en el reloj abrir la barra de estado ampliada Aqu puede ver las notificaciones de estado actuales Pulsando de nuevo en el reloj en la barra de estado ampliada se le mostrar n los accesos r pidos como por ejemplo el acceso a las configuraciones Adaptaci n de la pantalla de inicio Puede adaptar su pantalla de inicio de forma muy simple a sus necesidades individuales Si desea borrar un icono mantenga pulsado con el dedo el icono y arr strelo hacia s mbolo X que se muestra Ahora retire el dedo de la pantalla t ctil y el icono ser borrado Si desea posicionar un icono de la vista general de aplicaciones en la pantalla de inicio mantenga pulsado el icono en la vista
225. ext Delete Move Paste Rename o
226. ezca Ahora escoja la funci n que desee Puede elegir entre copiar eliminar mover y pegar se requiere la existencia de un fichero de memoria temporal y renombrar Para copiar o mover presione el icono correspondiente copy move y navegue hasta el directorio de destino A continuaci n marque el icono de editor y escoja mediante un clic breve la opci n paste para insertar el fichero Para apagar el fichero pulse brevemente la opci n delete y conf rmelo de nuevo por razones de seguridad con la misma opci n delete Para cancelar pulse brevemente la opci n cancelar Para renombrar un fichero haga clic en la opci n rename y a continuaci n escriba el nuevo nombre del fichero en el teclado virtual Confirme con OK o interrumpa presionando la opci n cancel Puede copiar eliminar o mover varios ficheros y carpetas simult neamente Para ello pulse el Multi icono y a continuaci n seleccione los ficheros que desee Los ficheros seleccionados aparacer n en otro color Pulse el bot n de editar icono para efectuar la acci n deseada ES 22 14 Administrador de tareas Este aparato es multitareas Por tanto usted puede abrir al mismo tiempo diferentes aplicaciones Por ejemplo puede escuchar musica y al mismo tiempo navegar en Internet y ver fotografias Puede darse el caso de que demasiadas aplicaciones se encuentren activas en el fondo de la pantalla y al mismo tiempo En ese caso le rogam
227. facilement accessible FR 2 N utiliser l adaptateur de courant que pour les prises reli es la terre avec AC 100 240V 50 60 Hz Si vous n tes pas s r de l alimentation sur le lieu de montage veuillez vous adresser a votre fournisseur d nergie concern Veuillez utiliser uniquement l adaptateur de courant et le cable de raccordement au r seau fournis Pour interrompre l alimentation de votre appareil debranchez l adaptateur secteur de la prise Tenir fermement l adaptateur secteur en vous d connectant Ne tirez jamais sur le cable Ne pas ouvrir le bo tier de l adaptateur de courant Lorsque le boitier est ouvert il existe un danger de mort par lectrocution Il ne contient aucune piece r parable Si elle n est pas utilis e de fa on prolong e la batterie de l appareil se d charge lentement Avant d tre r utilis e celle ci doit nouveau recharg e Veuillez respecter l limination cologique de l appareil ou de la batterie Veuillez ne pas d monter l appareil en pieces d tach es et veuillez ne pas tenter de le r parer vous m me la garantie expirant dans ce cas Ne pas utiliser l appareil dans des endroits o l utilisation d appareils mobiles est interdite Ne pas utiliser l appareil a proximit d autres appareils lectroniques car cela peut entrainer des troubles dus aux signaux a haute fr quence Ne pas utiliser l appareil proximit d un stimulateur cardiaque dans un h pital ou a proximit
228. ffnen tippen Sie bitte auf das Eingabefeld f r die Internetadresse Die virtuelle Tastatur ffnet sich nun und Sie k nnen jetzt die Adresse der gew nschten Internetseite eingeben Tippen Sie auf die Enter Taste um Ihre Eingabe zu best tigen und die Internetseite zu ffnen Hinweis Nicht alle Netzwerke bieten einen Internetzugriff Einige Netzwerke bieten nur einen Zugriff auf andere verbundene lokale Rechner und keine Internetverbindung Nutzung der virtuellen Tastatur Tippen Sie auf das Eingabefeld zum ffnen der virtuellen Tastatur Sie k nnen nun Texte eingeben oder Internetseiten aufrufen a Caps Lock Gro und Kleinschreibung R cksprungtaste Aufruf des Men s f r die Nummern Zeichen und Sonderzeichen Eingabe d Space Taste Leerzeicheneingabe e Enter Taste Best tigung Ihrer Eingabe Eingabe von Sonderzeichen Um ein Sonderzeichen wie etwa einzugeben tippen Sie lange mit Ihrem Finger auf die Taste a um das Sonderzeichenmen aufzurufen Gleiten Sie nun mit dem Finger auf das gew nschte Sonderzeichen beispielsweise das und l sen Sie den Finger wieder vom Display Sie haben nun ein eingeben Intenso GmbH Produkte Firmenprofil Support Kontakt DE 17 Nutzung des Web Browsers Sie k nnen durch die Anzeige im Display scrollen indem Sie eine vertikale Wischbewegung mit Ihrem Finger durchf hren Bitte beginnen Sie die Wischbewegung nicht auf einem
229. g eek 25 19 Smaltimento di vecchi apparecchi elettrici iii 25 20 Licenza informazio Esses AGA A aa aS 26 Dichiarazione di conformit EE 30 Questo manuale non contiene eventualmente tutte le funzioni del Suo apparecchio Per l utilizzo di applicazioni derivanti da fornitori terzi contatti il rispettivo fornitore Consideri che tutte le informazioni possono essere modificate senza preavviso Pu trovare informazioni attuali su www intenso de Marchio di fabbrica Google il logo Google e Android sono marchi di Google Tutti gli altri nomi di prodotti e servizi sono propriet del rispettivo possessore 2 Note o Evitare forti impatti sull apparecchio Non depositarlo su superfici oblique al fine di evitare una caduta o Non utilizzare in zone estremamente fredde calde umide o polverose Non esporlo alla luce solare diretta o Evitare l utilizzo in posti sabbiosi o Non utilizzare in zone rischio d esplosione come ad esempio distributori di carburante presso una stazione di servizio o Evitare l utilizzo su cuscini divani o altri oggetti che supportano una potenziale fonte di calore in quanto si creerebbe pericolo di surriscaldamento dell apparecchio o Esegua spesso il backup dei dati per evitare una loro possibile perdita Non siamo responsabili per eventuali perdite di dati e Non interrompere la connessione mentre i da
230. gar analogowy D Galeria zdjec E Aplikacje na ekranie startowym F Muzyka szybki dostep G Listwa stanu Wstecz Home ostatnio uzywane programy czas WiFi stan baterii PL 10 a pasek wyszukiwania Google Q Google Kr tkie naciSniecie lupe otwiera funkcje wyszukiwania Google Za wirtualnej klawiatury wprowad wybrane zapytanie i naci nij Szukaj Wy wietlone zostan dost pne wyniki wyszukiwania Google o Rada Szybki ruch w gore lub w d po kt rym palec puszcza ekran dotykowy powoduje szybkie przewijanie listy Dzia a to przy wszystkich oknach kt re s wi ksze ni wy wietlacz g T Th n ab ra r box Cow a Apr Wskaz wka Ta funkcja wymaga po czenia poprzez sie bezprzewodow z Internetem b Przegl d aplikacji Naciskaj c kr tko na ikon przegl du aplikacji otwiera si przegl d aplikacji Wyswietlony zostanie przegl d wszystkich aplikacji zainstalowanych fabrycznie i przez u ytkownika Wybran aplikacj otwiera si po przez kr tkie naci ni cie odpowiedniej ikony Przegl d aplikacji c Zegar analogowy wid et Naci ni cie na zegar analogowy umo liwia aktywowanie lub deaktywowanie budzika albo dodanie dalszych budzik w PL 11 Galeria Galeria zdje widzet Aby otworzy galeri nale y nacisn ikon galerii w obszarze aplikacji lub widzet przegl du zdj Aby uruchomi
231. general de aplicaciones y aparecer la pantalla de inicio Arrastre el icono hacia el lugar deseado y retire el dedo de la pantalla t ctil El icono le ha sido a adido de esta forma a la pantalla de inicio Si posiciona un icono encima del otro autom ticamente se crea una carpeta con ambos iconos Pulse en la carpeta para ver todos los iconos guardados en ella y elija el icono deseado pulsando brevemente sobre l Tambi n puede a adir Widgets a su pantalla de inicio Para ello pulse la tecla enla esquina superior derecha de la pantalla de inicio para abrir el men de aplicaciones Pulse en la palabra Widgets Se le mostrar n todos los Widgets disponibles en el dispositivo A adir un Widget en la pantalla de inicio funciona exactamente igual que a adir un icono Si desea cambiar el fondo de pantalla pulse en un lugar libre en una pantalla de inicio y mantenga el dedo en la pantalla hasta que aparezca el menu de selecci n de fondos de pantalla ES 9 Empleo de diversas pantallas iniciales Tiene su disposici n cinco pantallas de inicio configurables individualmente Arrastrando ligeramente hacia la izquierda o la derecha se puede cambiar f cilmente entre las unas y las otras Pulsando la tecla se vuelve siempre autom ticamente hasta la pantalla de inicio central Aplicaciones preinstaladas en la pantalla inicial A Enlace a la b squeda con Google B Vista general de aplicaciones C Reloj anal g
232. go comi saida dia ke 9 U ywanie r nych ekran w startowych ee 10 Zainstalowane fabrycznie aplikacje na ekranie startowym sise 10 a pasek wyszukiwania Google M ea aia 11 A A 11 Zegar analogowy WIdZE 11 d Galena Galena zdjee WIdZED ebene 12 Zainstalowane fabrycznie aplikacje na ekranie startowym sienne 13 aa Wysy anie odbieranie wiadomo ci e mail awa a awe anna aa EEEn 13 Konfigurowanie skrzynki ac 13 Zarz dzanie K NIEMIEMA aise cece ieee ess ce ice a Dae ewe AS A 14 Wy wietlanie wiadomo ci e Mail sea A a 14 Pisanie Wiadomoscie Mallare EEE E O O A 14 o EW 15 ce Frzegl danie dokument w 15 dda Anaroid a eee nee ca on E re nee dci dis ai a 15 ira lc AAA A 16 Korzystanie z wirtualnej Mat 16 Wprowadzanie znak w specjalnych odas 16 Korzystanie Z przegl darki O AGO AGGA 17 e A o E o EEE 17 EC DEE RR RR EEE 17 DOI alal RD RE RA A E 17 f Muzyka Wid et Muzyka RR RNA en n 18 Ty Ustawienia Se VE PE rococ 20 Przegl d USIAWICN ssh entendait 20 12 Zarzadzanie apli 21 Instalacja s a a E E E R 21 Odinstalowywanie 21 13 Eksplorator PIKOW Eee AD E RUA P d GERE 22 Nawigacja pomi dzy plikami i folderami
233. guire i tutorial di configurazione per creare una nuova casella di posta Cancellare una casella di posta 1 Aprire l applicazione E mail e toccare il tasto di menu O per visualizzare le altre opzioni Selezionare la voce di menu Impostazioni e poi Elimina account per cancellare la casella di posta desiderata Controllo delle caratteristiche dell account 1 Aprire l applicazione E mail e toccare il tasto di menu a per visualizzare le altre opzioni e selezionare Impostazioni Sul lato sinistro del menu vengono ora visualizzate tutte le caselle di posta gi create Toccare la casella di posta desiderata per visualizzare le impostazioni dell account 2 Toccare account da cambiare per eseguire le modifiche desiderate IT 14 Visualizzazione delle e mails Apra l applicazione dell e mail con un breve tocco sull icona E mail Visualizzera la casella di posta gia impostata Con un movimento di sfioramento verticale pu far scorrere le e mails Tocchi brevemente una certa e mail per aprirla Tocchi e mantenga il dito su una certa e mail per visualizzare le impostazioni avanzate Apparira quindi un campo informativo Qui pu ora aprire l e mail rispondere inoltrarla cancellarla Scrivere messaggi e mail 1 Nella schermata della e mail toccare il simbolo E mail nella barra di menu superiore si apre una nuova finestra nella quale si pu scrivere una nuova e mai
234. h parties remain in full compliance 5 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by PL 26 law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Program or any work based on the Program you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it 6 Each time you redistribute the Program or any work based on the Program the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License 7 as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at
235. hange for a fee 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Program and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions a You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change b You must cause any work that you distribute or publish that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License c If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run you must cause it when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty or else saying that you provide a warranty and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions and telling the user how to view a copy of this License Exception if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then thi
236. hat directs the display automatically EN 6 9 WiFi To connect your device with the internet you require a WIFI connection In order to establish this touch the WIFI icon on the starting screen or open the WIFI setting within Settings Note Please note that a wireless network must be located within the range of your current location Automatic connection Open the WIFI settings via the WIFI icon or via Settings Here you can quite simply activate or deactivate the WIFI function Simply slide the virtual key from its position on to the left to deactivate the WIFI function The display changes to off To activate the deactivated WIFI function again just slide the virtual key to the right Settings WIRELESS amp NETWORKS Wi Fi On the right hand side of the WIFI settings all available networks as well as all already used networks are shown Settings WIRELESS amp NETWORKS Wi Fi WL INT Connected 4 Data usage WH INT1 More Secured with WPAZ Tap on the desired network and if required enter the appropriate WiFi key password to establish a connection Confirm the entered password if necessary by touching the enter key and then select Connect After a short while you are connected Notes a If the device goes into standby mode WiFi is turned off automatically This reduces power consumption and thus automatically leads to a longer battery life When the device returns to act
237. he option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program does not specify a version number of this License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 10 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 11 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 INNO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR AN
238. hus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program or with a work based on the Program on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You may copy and distribute the Program or a work based on it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following a Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or b Accompany it with a written offer valid for at least three years to give any third party for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution a complete machine readable copy of the corresponding source code to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or c Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution a
239. i Copiare spostare e rinominare files e cartelle Navighi fino a raggiungere il file desiderato nella panoramica dei files Tocchi e mantenga il dito sul file fino a quando compare un campo informativo Selezioni la funzione desiderata Pu scegliere tra copiare copy eliminare delete spostare move incollare paste per questo il files deve trovarsi copiato negli appunti e rinominare rinomina Per copiare o spostare tocchi brevemente l icona corrispondente copy move e navighi infine fino all indice Tocchi infine l icona Editor e selzioni con un breve tocco Incolla per incollare un file Per cancellare un file tocchi Elimina e confermi ancora per sicurezza con Elimina Per annullare tocchi brevemente Annulla Per rinominare un file tocchi e inserisca infine attraverso la tastiera virtuale il nuovo nome del file Confermi il Suo inserimento con OK annulli il processo con Annulla Puo copiare eliminare o spostare contemporaneamente piu files e cartelle Tocchi a questo scopo l icona Multi e infine i files desiderati I files marcati verranno quindi visualizzati in un altro colore Tocchi l icona Editor per eseguire l azione desiderata IT 23 14 Task manager Questo apparecchio multitasking Pu quindi aprire contemporaneamente pi applicazioni Pu ad esempio ascoltare musica e allo stesso tempo navigare in internet o guardare foto Pu e
240. i installati in dotazione IT 22 13 File Explorer Apra il men principale delle applicazioni e tocchi infine brevemente l icona Explorer per avviare il File Explorer Navigare attraverso files e cartelle Pu scegliere la memoria interna internal memory la scheda di memoria SD Card e USB Tocchi la destinazione desiderata per visualizzare i files contenuti come lista Se non e stata inserita una scheda di memoria o un supporto di memoria connesso tramite il collegamento Le sara comunicato che il dispositivo in questione non installato Con un movimento di sfioramento in verticale puo far scorrere quindi i Suoi files e le Sue cartelle Puo effettuare un passo avanti o indietro cliccando brevemente sulla rispettiva icona Per raggiungere all interno della struttura di una cartella un livello superiore tocchi brevemente l icona LevelUp Bed Con l icona Home EH pu passare direttamente all indice principale Utilizzare la barra degli strumenti Toccare il tasto menu LE e su di esso Hide Toolbar per LevelUp Multi Editor Bak Next P REM 4 CA A E KB EB EEE visualizzare e nascondere la barra degli strumenti Home Passa direttamente all indice principale LevelUp Passa a un livello superiore Seleziona pi files Editor Copia cancella sposta incolla o rinomina un file o una cartella New Creare una nuova cartella Folder Back Un passo indietro Un passo avant
241. i Fi Tutaj mo na bardzo atwo aktywowa i deaktywowa funkcj Wi Fi Przesun po prostu wirtualny prze cznik z pozycji W w lewo aby deaktywowa funkcj Wi Fi Wy wietlacz prze cza si teraz Wyt Aby deaktywowan funkcj Wi Fi ponownie aktywowa przesu po prostu wirtualny prze cznik w prawo Settings WIRELESS 8 NETWORKS Wi Fi W ustawieniach Wi Fi po prawej stronie wy wietlane s wszystkie dost pne sieci oraz wszystkie sieci z kt rych dot d korzystano Teraz nale y nacisn na wybran sie i wprowadzi odpowiednie has o sieciowe aby ustanowi po czenie Settings WIRELESS 8 NETWORKS Wi Fi WL INT Connected 4 Data usage WH INT1 More Secured with WPA2 Potwierdz ewentualnie wprowadzone hasto naciskajac przycisk Enter i nacisnij kr tko na Potacz krotkiej chwili potaczenie zostanie ustanowione Wskazowki a Kiedy urzadzenie przechodzi w czuwania to potaczenie z siecia bezprzewodowg jest automatycznie deaktywowane Ogranicza to zu ycie pr du i prowadzi w ten spos b automatycznie do d u szej pracy akumulatora Kiedy urz dzenie ponownie prze cza si w tryb aktywny to po czenie z sieci bezprzewodow zostaje automatycznie odnowione Mo e to trwa kilka sekund b Lista aktualnie dost pnych sieci bezprzewodowych jest automatycznie aktualizowana c Kiedy aktywna jest funkcja sieci bezprzewodowej to urz dzenie automatyczni
242. ice Dokumenten Auf diesem Gerat ist bereits die Anwendung Office Suite zum Lesen von Office Dokumenten vorinstalliert Sie Word Excel oder Powerpoint Dateien lesen 1 Kopieren Sie die gew nschten Office Dateien auf das Ger t 2 ffnen Sie die Anwendung Office Suite 3 Navigieren Sie mit dem Explorer zu der gewunschten Datei 4 Wahlen Sie die gew nschte Datei durch kurzes Tippen aus und wischen Sie mit dem Finger vertikal oder horizontal Uber das Display um zwischen den einzelnen Seiten zu blattern Tippen Sie kurz auf die Menutaste um weitere Optionen zu ffnen Sie k nnen zum Beispiel nach einem bestimmten Text suchen oder Worter zahlen This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file dd AndroidPIT App Auf dem Gerat ist die AndroidPIT App bereits vorinstalliert Hier finden Sie verschiedene Apps Testberichte einen Blog und ein Forum F r weitere Hinweise oder Hilfe zur Nutzung der App besuchen Sie bitte de Homepage des Anbieters unter www androidpit de Hinweis F r diese Funktion ist eine WLAN Verbindung zum Internet erforderlich DE 16 ee Web Browser Um den Web Browser 2 starten tippen Sie bitte auf das Browser Icon Anwendungs bersicht Um eine Internetseite zu
243. ico D Galer a de fotos E Aplicaciones en la pantalla de inicio F Acceso r pido m sica G Barra de estado volver in cio ltimos programas utilizados horas Wi Fi estado de la bateria ES 10 a Barra de busqueda para la busqueda en Google Q Google Pulse brevemente en la lupa para abrir la funci n de busqueda con Google Introduzca la palabra de busqueda deseada mediante el teclado virtual y pulse en Busqueda Se le mostraran los resultados disponibles de la busqueda con Google o Consejo mediante movimientos r pido de arriba a abajo retirando a continuaci n sus dedos de la pantalla t ctil el aparato se desplaza r pidamente por una lista Esto funciona en todas aquellas visualizaciones que sean de mayor tama o que la propia pantalla Advertencia esta funci n requiere una conexi n a Internet WLAN b Resumen de las aplicaciones Pulse con brevedad el icono del resumen de aplicaciones con el fin de abrir el resumen de aplicaciones dado Ahora visualiza un resumen de todas las aplicaciones preinstaladas e instaladas por su cuenta Abra la aplicaci n deseada con un breve clic en el icono correspondiente Resumen de aplicaciones ES 11 c Reloj analogico Widget Toque el reloj anal gico para activar desactivar el despertador afiadir otros despertadores d Galeria galeria de fotos Widget Toque el icon Galeria el resumen de aplicaci n el widget visualiza
244. ies for you if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that you have You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with two steps 1 copyright the software and 2 offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the software Also for each author s protection and ours we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software If the software is modified by someone else and passed on we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors reputations Finally any free program is threatened constantly by software patents We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses in effect making the program proprietary To prevent this we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone s free use or not licensed at all The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0 This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice plac
245. ies mit is unmounted mitgeteilt Mit einer vertikalen Wischbewegung k nnen Sie nun durch Ihre Dateien und Ordner scrollen Offnen Sie eine Datei oder einen Ordner durch kurzes Tippen Sie k nnen einen Schritt Vor oder Zur ckwechseln indem Sie die entsprechenden Icons kurz antippen Um in der Dateistruktur eine Ebene h her zu kommen tippen Sie kurz auf das LevelUp Icon Mit dem Home Icon EJ wechseln Sie direkt in das Hauptverzeichnis Die Toolbar nutzen Tippen auf die Menu Taste EA und dort auf Hide Toolbar KAKA LE Kd EA EA um die Toolbar aus und einzublenden Home Direkt in das Hauptverzeichnis wechseln LevelUp Eine Ebene h her wechseln Mehrere Dateien ausw hlen Kopieren l schen verschieben einf gen oder umbenennen einer Datei oder eines Ordners New Folder Legen Sie ein neues Verzeichnis an Back Einen Schritt zur ck Next _ Einen Schritt vorwarts Dateien und Ordner kopieren verschieben und umbenennen Navigieren Sie zu der gew nschten Datei der Datei bersicht Tippen und halten Sie den Finger auf der Datei bis ein Infofeld erscheint Wahlen Sie nun die gew nschte Funktion aus Sie haben die Wahl zwischen Kopieren L schen Delete Verschieben Move Einf gen Paste hierf r muss sich eine Datei der Zwischenablage befinden und Umbenennen Rename Zum kopieren oder verschieben tippen Sie kurz auf das entsprechende Icon Cop
246. iew in the menu items Download USB memory active and all by tapping it briefly 4 Now select the application you want to deinstall by tapping it briefly 5 Now tap Deinstall and confirm your entry with OK to deinstall the application from the device Note You cannot delete pre installed software EN 21 13 File Explorer Open the applications overview and then tap briefly on the Explorer icon to start the file explorer Navigating through files and folders e The internal memory memory card SD Card and USB are available Tap the desired storage location in order to display the files contained on a list If no memory card is inserted or no storage device is mounted over the USB connection you will be informed with ls unmounted e With a vertical sweeping motion you can now scroll through your files and folders Open a file or folder by tapping briefly e You can jump backwards or forwards by briefly tapping the respective icons e Togo one level higher in the file structure tap on the LevelUp icon Bed e With the Home icon Ef you can go directly to the main directory Using the toolbar Tap the menu key O and then Hide Toolbar in order to CALA E E E ce tre toolbar in or out Home Go directly to the main directory LevelUp Go one level higher Select multiple files Editor Copy move delete paste or rename a file or folder New Folder Create a new folder One step back Next
247. il jako wersj robocz Je li naci nie si na symbol kosza to wprowadzana w a nie wiadomo e mail zostanie usuni ta PL 14 bb Kalendarz Kr tkie nacisniecie tej ikony powoduje wySwietlenie przegladu kalendarza zarzadza terminami i przypomnieniami nale y zsynchronizowa sw j istniej cy Kalendarz Google lub za o y nowy Kalendarz Google Je li konto Google nie zosta o jeszcze skonfigurowane na urz dzeniu to podczas pierwszego korzystania z Kalendarza nale y post powa zgodnie z poleceniami asystenta instalacji lub otworzy p niej ustawienia Kalendarza Nale y w nich wybra opcj Dodaj konto i uruchomi si Asystent instalacji cc Przegl danie dokument w Office Na tym urz dzeniu jest ju fabrycznie zainstalowana aplikacja Office Suite do przegl dania dokument w pakietu Office Pozwala ona na przegl danie plik w Word Excel i Powerpoint Skopiuj wybrane pliki pakietu Office na urz dzenie Otw rz aplikacj Office Suite U ywaj c eksploratora nale y przej do wybranego pliku Nast pnie nale y wybra plik kr tko na niego naciskaj c i poruszaj c palcem pionowo lub poziomo po wy wietlaczu mo na przewija pomi dzy pojedynczymi stronami Kr tko naciskaj c na przycisk Menu mo na otworzy dalsze opcje Mo na na przyk ad wyszuka konkretny tekst lub podliczy s owa A This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This
248. ilizar su cuenta de email para enviar y recibir emails Advertencia esta funci n requiere una conexion a Internet WLAN Abra esta aplicaci n a trav s del icono E Mail que se encuentra en el men de aplicaciones Instalar su cuenta de email 1 Inicie la aplicaci n de email pinchando en el s mbolo de e mail Ahora se le invita a instalar su cuenta de e mail 2 Inserte su direcci n de e mail asi como su respectiva contrasena y pulse siguiente Ponga un nombre a su cuenta y establezca su nombre para los mensajes enviados Pulse la tecla terminar para concluir la configuraci n Su cuenta de e mail pasar a ser la cuenta general en caso de que tenga la opci n de enviar emails por defecto desde esa cuenta 3 Tambi n puede instalar su cuenta de email manualmente Introduzca su direcci n de e mail y la contrase a correspondiente y pulse el setup manual para insertar las informaciones del servidor de e mail 4 Seleccione entre tipos de servidores Servertypen POP3 IMAP o Exchange para la recepci n de emails Advertencia si desconoce qu configuraciones ha de efectuar consulte por favor a su proveedores por e mail su administrador de red o busque las informaciones requeridas en Internet partiendo de los t rminos Direcci n POP y nombre de su proveedor Kontotyp 5 Introduzca la siguiente informaci n Servicio Puerto etc 6 Elija el tipo de servidor para los e mails a enviar e
249. inateur existe l ic ne USB s affiche dans la barre d tat Vous pouvez obtenir des informations suppl mentaires dans la barre d tat largie cliquez sur sur l horloge dans la barre d tat pour l ouvrir et vous pouvez activer ou d sactiver la connexion USB FR 5 S lectionnez D sactiver le disque USB pour d sactiver le disque e S lectionnez la fonction Retirer en toute s curit amp sur l ordinateur pour retirer le p riph rique de I ordinateur Note Les applications pr install es et le syst me d exploitation Android prennent une partie de la m moire interne existante Pour cette raison toute la m moire interne n est pas disponible 8 Ecran tactile p riph rique est actionn via l cran tactile Vous pouvez facilement lancer des applications appuyant sur I cran tactile avec vos doigts saisir des textes sur le clavier virtuel et basculer entre les differents crans principaux faisant glisser le doitgt dans la direction respective Veuillez retirer le film de protection de l cran avant d utiliser l appareil L cran tactile d tecte de petites charges lectriques comme celles mises par les doigts humains et d termine ainsi le point d entr e Utilisez alors id alement le bout de vos doigts pour L op ration avec un stylo ou d autres objets pointus n est pas possible L cran tactile ne doit pas entrer en contact avec l eau ou d autres apparei
250. ing it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs and that you know you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that you have You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with two steps 1 copyright the software and 2 offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the software Also for each author s protection and ours we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software If the software is modified by someo
251. ing it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs and that you know you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that you have You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with two steps 1 copyright the software and 2 offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the software Also for each author s protection and ours we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software If the software is modified by someone else and
252. it to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program does not specify a version number of this License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 10 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 11 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY
253. it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU General Public License for more details You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program if not write to the Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail If the program is interactive make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode Gnomovision version 69 Copyright C year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY for details type show w This is free software and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions type show c for details The hypothetical commands show w and show c should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License Of course the commands you use may be called something other than show w and show they could even be mouse clicks or menu items whatever suits your program You should also get your employer if you work as a programmer or your school if any to sign a copyright disclaimer for the program if necessary Here is a sample alter the names Yoyodyne Inc hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program Gnomovision which makes passes at compilers written by James Hacker signature of Ty Coon
254. ive mode the WiFi will automatically re connect This may take a few seconds b The list of currently searchable WiFi networks will be updated automatically c If the WiFi function is enabled the device automatically connects to an already configured network provided it is within range 0 unknown wireless network is in range an information box will appear Manual connection In order to search for an accessible WiFi network manually please proceed as follows 1 Open the settings 2 Now open the WiFi settings and tap Scan 3 Should the WiFi network not appear in the list of available networks then select the item Add network in order to enter the network SSID the security protocol and the possibly related password Tap Save to confirm your entries EN 7 10 The Home Screen View Unlocking the screen If the touchscreen is not used for two minutes the device changes into standby mode Press the on off button for a short time to return to the active mode The locked display is protecting against undesired input Touch the closed lock El on the display and keep it pressed Draw the lock now to the open lock 852 just appearing on the display and release your finger from the display The screen is now unlocked 9 01 THU 7 18 2013 Drag the lock icon with your finger in the direction of the arrow Advice Draw the lock symbol to the appearing camera symbol to open the camera application directly
255. iza o atrav s de um l pis ou outro objecto pontiagudo n o poss vel O ecr t ctil n o deve entrar em contacto com gua ou outros equipamentos el ctricos para assim evitar um mau funcionamento e avarias permanentes Nota a Caso o ecr t ctil n o utilizado durante dois minutos o aparelho passa para standby Prima brevemente na tecla para ligar desligar para ir para o modo activo b O bloqueio do teclado encontra se activado automaticamente para evitar entradas indesejadas Desbloqueie o teclado no ecr t ctil Toque no cadeado fechado no mostrador mantenha o pressionado Arraste agora cadeado para cadeado aberto que apareceu agora no mostrador e solte o seu dedo do mostrador O ecra esta agora desbloqueado Pode rodar o aparelho para todas as direc es pois possui um sensor que ajusta o ecr automaticamente 6 9 WIFI Para ligar aparelho a Internet necessita de uma liga o WLAN Para estabelecer a liga o toque no icone Wi Fi no ecr principal ou aceda s configura es em configura es WLAN Note Por favor considere que necessita de uma rede de WLAN no alcance da sua posi o actual Liga o autom tica Aceda atrav s do cone Wi Fi ou configura es s configura es WLAN Aqui pode ativar ou desativar facilmente a fun o WLAN Arraste o comutador virtual da posi o Ligado para a esquerda para desativar a fun o WLAN O mostrador muda agora par
256. ji troch d u ej na wybran ikon i wy wietli si ekran startowy Nale y teraz przesun t ikon na wybrane miejsce i pu ci palec z ekranu dotykowego Ikona zosta a dodana do ekranu startowego Je li na ikon po o y si inn ikon to automatycznie za o ony zostanie folder zawieraj cy obie ikony Naci ni cie na folder powoduje wy wietlenie wszystkich zawartych w nim ikon i umo liwia po przez kr tkie naci ni cie wyb r dowolnej ikony Ponadto mo na do ekranu startowego mo na doda widgety W tym celu nale y nacisn na przycisk LH W gornym prawym rogu ekranu startowego aby otworzy menu aplikacji Nastepnie nalezy nacisna na stowo Widgety Zostana teraz wySwietlone wszystkie dostepne na urzadzeniu widgety Dodawanie widgeta ekran startowy dziata doktadnie tak jak dodawanie ikony zmieni tto pulpitu nalezy po prostu nacisna wolne miejsce ekranie startowym i przytrzymac palec tak d ugo na wy wietlaczu a wy wietli sie menu wyboru t a pulpitu PL 9 Uzywanie roznych ekranow startowych Dostepnych jest ekranow startowych do indywidualnego skonfigurowania Poprzez lekki ruch przesuniecia w lewo lub prawo mozna bardzo tatwo pomiedzy nimi przetaczac Nacisniecie przycisku Home powoduje automatyczny powr t do Srodkowego ekranu startowego Zainstalowane fabrycznie aplikacje na ekranie startowym Skr t klawiszowy wyszukiwania Google B Przeglad aplikacji C Ze
257. kacj e mail i nacisn przycisk Menu wy wietli dalsze opcje oraz nale y wybra opcj Ustawienia Po lewej stronie menu wy wietlone teraz zostan wszystkie ju za o one skrzynki pocztowe 2 Aby wy wietli ustawienia konta nale y nacisn na wybran skrzynk pocztow 3 Aby wprowadzi zmiany nale y nacisn Ustawienia konta Wy wietlanie wiadomo ci e mail Przez kr tkie naci ni cie na ikon e mail otwiera si aplikacj e mail Wy wietlona zostanie ju za o ona skrzynka pocztowa Pionowym ruchem przesuni cia mo na przewija wiadomo ci e mail Aby otworzy konkretn wiadomo e mail nale y kr tko na ni nacisn Aby wy wietli dodatkowe opcje nale y nacisn i przytrzyma konkretn wiadomo e mail Wy wietlone zostanie pole informacyjne Tutaj mo na teraz otworzy odpowied na przes a dalej lub usun wiadomo e mail Pisanie wiadomo ci e mail 1 W widoku og lnym e maili nale y nacisn symbol e mail w g rnym pasku menu i otwarte zostanie nowe okno w kt rym mo na utworzy now wiadomo e mail 2 Teraz nale y wpisa adres e mail odbiorcy temat i tekst w przeznaczonych do tego polach Mo na r wnie doda odbiorc w DW UDW aby wys a wiadomo do kilku u ytkownik w 3 Aby wys a wiadomo e mail nale y nacisn na Wy lij Naciskaj c na Zapisz zapisuje si wiadomo e ma
258. kich lub wysokich temperatur wysokie wilgotnosci lub zapylenia Nie nalezy rowniez narazac urzadzenia na bezposrednie promieniowanie stoneczne e Nalezy unikac uzywania w zapiaszczonych miejscach e Nie uzywac urzadzenia w miejscach zagrozenia wybuchowego np przy dystrybutorach paliwa na stacjach paliw e Nalezy unika uzywania na poduszkach sofach i innych przedmiotach kt re wspomagaja wytwarzanie ciepta poniewaz istnieje wtedy niebezpieczenstwo przegrzania urzadzenia o Nalezy czesto przeprowadzac zabezpieczanie danych aby unikna mozliwej utraty danych Nie odpowiadamy za ewentualna utrate danych o Nie przerywa potaczenia podczas przesytania danych lub formatowania urzadzenia Moze to prowadzi do utraty danych e Zdj cia i filmy mog by chronione prawami autorskimi os b trzecich Odtwarzanie bez posiadania licencji mo e by naruszeniem praw autorskich o Nalezy unika uzywania w mocnym polu magnetycznym e Nalezy chronic urzadzenie przed wilgocia Jesli wilgo przedostanie sie do urzadzenia nalezy je bezzw ocznie wy czy nast pnie oczy ci i wysuszy o Do czyszczenia urzadzenia nie uzywac roztwor w chemicznych Prosze uzywac wylacznie suchej szmatki W pobli u lub na urz dzeniu nie umieszcza otwartego ognia np wiec Nie odpowiadamy za szkody powsta e w wyniku wadliwego dzia ania utraty danych nieprawid owej obs ugi samodzielnych napraw urz dzenia lub wymiany akumulatora
259. l Inserire ora l indirizzo e mail del destinatario un oggetto e il testo negli appositi campi Si pu aggiungere anche per inviare una e mail a pi destinatari 2 Toccare la voce Invia per inviare l e mail Toccare Salva per salvare come bozza l e mail creata Toccando il Simbolo cestino l attuale e mail viene eliminata bb Calendario Sfiori brevemente quest icona per ottenere un riepilogo del calendario Per poter amministrare appuntamenti e solleciti deve sincronizzare il Suo calendario Google attuale o impostare un nuovo calendario Google Se non ha ancora impostato nessun conto Google sull apparecchio al primo uso del calendario segua semplicemente le istruzioni dell assistente dell apparecchio apra poi in seguito le impostazioni del calendario Selezioni Aggiungere conto e appare l assistente d impostazione IT 15 cc Lettura di documenti Office Su questo apparecchio gi installata l applicazione Office Suite per leggere Documenti di Office Pu leggere files Word Excel o Powerpoint 1 Copi i files desiderati di Office sull apparecchio 2 Apra l applicazione Office Suite 3 Navighi con Explorer fino al file desiderato 4 Selezioni il file desiderato con un breve tocco e sfiori con il dito in verticale orizzontale sul display per sfogliare le singole pagine Tocchi brevemente il tasto di menu per aprire ulteriori
260. l mentaires puis s lectionnez Parametres Toutes les boites aux lettres d ja cr es s affichent alors sur le c t gauche du menu 2 Appuyez sur la bo te aux lettres souhait e pour afficher les param tres du compte 3 Appuyez sur Parametres du Compte que vous souhaitez modifier dans le but de faire les saisies souhait es FR 14 Affichage des e mails Ouvrez l application e mail en tapant bri vement sur l ic ne e mail Votre boite aux lettres d j cr e s affiche pr sent e Par un mouvement de balayage vertical vous pouvez faire d filer vos e mails e Tapez bri vement sur un e mail sp cifique pour ouvrir celui ci e Tapez et maintenez votre doigt sur un e mail particulier afin d afficher plus d options Un champ d information appara t pr sent Vous pouvez maintenant ouvrir l e mail y r pondre le transf rer ou le supprimer Ecrire des messages d email 1 Appuyez sur l ic ne email dans la barre de menu en haut de l aper u email et une nouvelle fen tre s ouvre o vous pouvez crire un nouveau message 2 Saisissez l adresse lectronique du destinataire une ligne d objet et le texte dans les champs d sign s Vous pouvez galement ajouter Cc Cci pour envoyer cet e mail plusieurs utilisateurs 3 Appuyez sur Envoyer pour envoyer l email Appuyez sur Enregistrer pour sauvegarder l email saisi en tant que brouillon Lorsque vous appuyez sur l ic ne poubelle
261. lit di configurazione disponibili Si prega di notare che eventualmente alcune funzioni offerte da Android potrebbero non essere compatibili con questo dispositivo e Una volta eseguite tutte le impostazioni con il tasto Indietro si pu tornare al menu richiamato per ultimo oppure con il tasto Home I si pu passare direttamente alla schemata di avvio Gli inserimenti eseguiti saranno salvati automaticamente Impostazioni principali Eseguire qui le proprie impostazioni Wifi Wireless amp reti RE 7 Altro Qui si possono eseguire altre impostazioni di rete Qui si imposta il volume desiderato e il tono di avviso desiderato E inoltre possibile attivare o disattivare un tono di conferma quando si tocca il touch screen e un tono di avviso quando si sblocca il blocco del display Display Luminosita adattamento della luminosita del display Sfondo selezione dello sfondo preferito Rotazione autom display attivazione o disattivazione dell allineamento automatico del display quando si ruota l apparecchio Riposo adattamento del ritardo prima dello spegnimento automatico del isplay PORNO Gina lane caratteri impostazione della dimensione carattere desiderata Attivi disattivi qui funzione HDMI modifichi la risoluzione imposti lo zoom pania Qui si trovano informazioni sulla memoria interna e se utilizzata su una scheda Micro SD E inoltre possibile cancellare il contenuto della mem
262. livros Para usar esta fun o os e books t m de ser gravados no dispositivo num formato suportado Para gravar ficheiros no dispositivo siga as instru es no respetivo par grafo deste manual de utiliza o gg Camara Toque ligeiramente no icone da camara para inicializar a camara Pode encontrar diferentes s mbolos para modificar as defini es da c mara para mudar a c mara para aproximar e mudar da fun o de fotografia para a fun o de v deo e vice versa hh V deo Toque brevemente no cone do v deo no ecr inicial ou no resumo das aplica es para abrir a reprodu o de v deo Visualiza se ent o uma lista dos ficheiros de v deo Seleccione o ficheiro pretendido tocando brevemente para assim iniciar o v deo Ecr de reprodu o Baixar o volume Barra de tempo Aumentar o volume Colocar marcador Ajustar a luminosidade do ecr V deo anterior rebobinar Reprodu o Pausa V deo seguinte bobinar N Du BW N Alterar formato de apresenta o 10 Voltar 11 Defini es de video 17 e Toque em gt para iniciar a reproducao e Toque em para interromper a reproducao e Toque em fees para aceder s defini es de video e Toque na posicao na barra de tempo para continuar o video directamente a partir dai e Utilize os botoes do volume ao lado do seu aparelho para ajustar o volume e Toque em CTI para guardar um marcador na actual Apenas poder
263. lle condizioni di garanzia per altri danni indipendentemente dalla loro causa Questo prodotto non previsto per un uso commerciale per applicazioni mediche o di altro genere dove il mancato funzionamento del prodotto possa causare ferimenti morte o notevoli danni materiali IT 24 16 Dati tecnici CPU 1 6 GHz Quadcore based on Cortex 9 Memora 1680083 Sistema operativo Android 4 2 2 Sistemi operativi compatibili e XP Vista 7 8 Linux 2 4 e pi recenti Mac 10 6 e pi SensoreG 360 Grad Rotation SNR see suini Adattatore V AC Ktec KSASB0241200200D5 AC Input 100 240V 50 60Hz DC Output 12V 2A Batteria interna Batteria ricaricabile agli ioni di litio polimero 17 Manutenzione dell apparecchio Non spruzzare o applicare mai un liquido direttamente sul display sull alloggiamento 18 Pulizia dell apparecchio Pulisca l alloggiamento il telaio e il display con attenzione tramite un panno morbido non sfilacciato e privo di sostanze chimiche Utilizzi detergenti solo se sono previsti per displays 19 Smaltimento di vecchi apparecchi elettrici Gli apparecchi contrassegnati da questo simbolo sono soggetti alla direttiva europea 2002 96 EC Tutti gli apparecchi elettrici vecchi e non devono essere smaltiti separatamente dai rifiuti domestici presso i luoghi previsti dallo stato Con uno smaltimento corretto dei vecchi apparecchi elettrici evita danni all ambiente Inte
264. lo actual en el widget musica para abrir la reproduccion de musica En el siguiente resumen tiene la oportunidad de escoger musica en base al int rprete album titulo lista de reproducci n o reproducci n actual Pulse brevemente sobre el simbolo correspondiente ES 18 9 Int rprete Muestra todos los datos musicales ordenados por int rprete Muestra todos los datos musicales ordenados por album Titulo Muestra todos los datos musicales ordenados por titulo 5 Lista de reproduccion Muestra las listas de reproduccion creadas 6 Reproducci n actual Salta directamente a la reproducci n actual Escoja pinchando brevemente en el nombre de un fichero deseado y la reproducci n de m sica comienza Pantalla de reproducci n irc 1 Reproducci n actual 2 Activar Desactivar la reproducci n aleatoria Ment 3 Opciones de repeticion a Repetir todos los titulos b Repetir los titulos actuales La repetici n esta desactivada 4 5 6 7 Detalles del titulo Titulo anterior posterior Play Pausa Barra de tiempo e Seleccione el simbolo de pausa para detener la reproducci n Para proseguir la reproducci n pulse el s mbolo Play U e Pulse los s mbolos de retroceder y avanzar y bi para reproducir el t tulo anterior o siguiente e Pulse en una posici n de la barra de tiempo para continuar la reproducci n directamente e Pulse las teclas de volu
265. ls lectriques afin d viter des dysfonctionnements et des d fauts durables Remarques a Sil cran tactile n est pas exploit pendant deux minutes l appareil passe en mode veille Appuyez bri vement sur la touche ON OFF pour passer en mode actif b Pour emp cher des entr es non autoris es un mode verrouillage est active automatiquement Veuillez d verrouiller le mode verrouillage sur l cran tactile Touchez le verrou ferm sur l cran et maintenez appuy Maintenant faites glissez le verrou vers le verrou ouvert qui appara t sur l cran et retirez votre doigt de l cran L cran est maintenant d verrouill Vous pouvez faire pivoter l appareil dans toutes les directions Il poss de un capteur qui dirige l cran automatiquement FR 6 9 WIFI Pour connecter votre appareil a Internet vous devez avoir une connexion WIFI Afin de l activer touchez l ic ne WIFI sur l cran de d marrage ou ouvrez l option WIFI dans Param tres Note Veuillez noter qu un r seau sans fil doit se trouver port e de votre emplacement actuel Connexion automatique Ouvrez le menu des param tres WIFI gr ce l ic ne WIFI ou au menu des param tres Vous pouvez y activer ou d sactiver des fonctions WIFI Pour d sactiver la fonction WIFI d placez le commutateur virtuel vers la gauche Le statut devrait passer de activ d sactiv Pour r activer l option WIFI d placez tout simplement le commutateur
266. lus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable However as a special exception the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code 4 You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights DE 28 from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Program or any work base
267. lus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable However as a special exception the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code 4 You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by ES 26 law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Program or any work base
268. ma es sobre este aparelho 1 ndice a TT aT RTD 1 ZA PJS COCO CAPO een 2 3 Resumo do parco 4 4 Conte do da embalagem 4 SAS fc RR RR AOR OR PE CA O 5 6 Utilizar um cart o Micro SD 5DRG aa ao EE OCE wird wir a ne EEEE 5 7 Transfer ncia de dados entre o aparelho e o computador ss 5 LEG cala 6 lerici 7 fe te de ANA VR 7 a e al e li eS 7 10 Oil 8 VEE REA 8 Desbloquear EL 8 ES RIT 9 Austando atela Pine a e DIS re olo dial italo ioni iii iii 9 U lizar diversos ecr s aa 10 Aplica es pr instaladas no ecr MIC laine RAR AA ne dede 10 a Barra de pesquisa para pesquisa NO Google une ee ka 11 D Resumo das apl ACO AAA 11 12 d Galeria Galeria de FOlOS naci 12 e Aplica es pr instaladas no ecr eeeaaaaaaaaeeeeeeeeesaaaaaaaaaeeeeeeeeeaaaaaaaaeeeeeeeeeeesaaaaaeaeeeeeeeeeesesenaaaees 13 aa Emar receber emallS anne ee re DD RO RR eee eee eer eee ere 13 Instalar conta deere 13 Gerenciando Uma conta E Mail eee 14 Ver mensagens dee Malaria ee en cc 14 Escrever mensagens via A arms nec EA dia na ana nda ni Sn sce ws And EE nd ein Sa 14 oe NT A 14 CC Lerdocumentos de Office zc
269. magem apresentada no seu tamanho original Tocando brevemente no ecr t ctil ter v rias fun es sua disposi o Toque suavemente sobre o simbolo Menu A para visualizar outras op es E poss vel iniciar uma apresenta o de slides modificar as imagens girar cortar definir como pano de fundo e visualizar as propriedades da imagem Toque sobre o s mbolo da lixeira A para cancelar a imagem selecionada Toque sobre o s mbolo encaminhar a para enviar a imagem por e mail PT 12 Aplica es pr instaladas ecr inicial Aqui encontrar uma rela o das aplica es que j foram pr instaladas aa Enviar receber emails A aplica o de email est pr instalada neste aparelho Esta aplica o permite lhe utilizar o seu actual endere o para enviar e receber emails Nota Esta fun o requer uma liga o WLAN a Internet Abra a aplica o atrav s do cone email no menu das aplica es Instalar a conta de e mail 1 Inicie a aplica o de email tocando no s mbolo de email Ser convidado a a instalar a sua conta de email 2 Insira o seu endere o de email a respectiva palavra passe e toque em continuar A seguir insira um nome para a sua conta e defina o nome apresentado para as mensagens enviadas Toque em terminar para concluir a configura o A sua conta de email ser seleccionada como conta geral se seleccionar a op o enviar emails por defei
270. mb m poss vel adicionar Cc Bcc para escrever um e mail a mais de um destinat rio 3 Clique sobre enviar para enviar o e mail Clique sobre salvar para salvar o e mail digitado como rascunho Se clicar sobre o s mbolo lixeira o e mail apenas digitado ser cancelado bb Calend rio Toque ligeiramente neste cone para obter uma vis o geral do calend rio Para poder gerir compromissos e lembretes tem de sincronizar o seu calend rio Google existente ou definir um novo calend rio Google Se ainda n o tiver a conta Google instalada no seu dispositivo basta seguir as instru es do assistente de configura o durante o primeiro uso do calend rio ou abrir as configura es do calend rio depois disso Ali dever selecionar Adicionar conta e o assistente de configura o aparecer PT 14 cc Ler documentos de Office aplica o Office Suite para ler documentos de Office est pr instalada neste aparelho Pode assim ler ficheiros em Word Excel ou Powerpoint Copiar os ficheiros de Office para aparelho Abrir a aplica o Office Suite Navegar com o Explorer para o ficheiro pretendido Seleccionar o ficheiro pretendido tocando brevemente nele Movimentar o dedo vertical e horizontalmente sobre o ecr para virar p ginas individuais Tocar brevemente no menu para abrir mais op es Pode pesquisar por exemplo um texto espec fico ou contar palavras eS Word T
271. men en el lateral del dispositivo para ajustar el volumen e Para abrir la previsi n de la lista de reproducci n actual seleccione el s mbolo de lista de reproducci n Pinche en un t tulo para poderlo reproducir directamente Para modificar el modo de repetici n pulse el s mbolo de modo de repetici n El Para acceder a la pantalla inicial pulse brevemente la tecla Home El La reproducci n de musica no parara Asi se puede por ejemplo navegar en Internet y escuchar musica simult neamente Pulse de nuevo el icono de musica para volver a acceder a la reproducci n de musica el modo de se pueden efectuar otras configuraciones Por favor pinche brevemente la tecla del men Biblioteca se visualiza un resumen de todos los ficheros de musica disponibles Party Shuffle activar desactivar el modo de Party Schuffle Anadir a la lista de reproducci n afiadir a la lista un titulo actual Eliminar eliminar el titulo que se esta reproduciendo actualmente Efectos de sonido definir un efecto de sonido para una reproducci n de m sica ES 19 11 Configuraciones del sistema Pulse en el menu de aplicaciones en el icono de Ajustes para acceder a los ajustes de sistema Enla parte izquierda del menu podr encontrar distintas categor as Pulsando brevemente en la entrada del menu elegido anteriormente se muestran las posibilidades de ajuste disponibles Por favor tenga en cuent
272. mente para a directoria principal Utilizar a barra de ferramentas Clique sobre a tecla menu ER e depois sobre barra de Multi Editor Bak Next instrumentos escondida para visualizar ou nao a barra de Copiar instrumentos Home Ir directamente para a directoria principal LevelUp Subir um n vel Seleccionar v rios ficheiros Copiar apagar mover inserir ou renomear um ficheiro ou uma pasta New Folder Abra um novo diret rio Back Voltar um passo atras Next Avan ar um passo mover e renomear ficheiros e pastas Navegar para o ficheiro pretendido na listagem dos ficheiros Mantenha o dedo no ficheiro at surgir uma informa o Seleccione a fun o pretendida Pode ent o seleccionar entre copiar Copy apagar Delete mover Move inserir Paste o que requer que exista um ficheiro na mem ria tempor ria e renomear Rename Para copiar ou mover toque brevemente no cone correspondente Copy Move e navegue para a directoria de destino Toque a seguir no cone do editor E e seleccione colar tocando brevemente para assim inserir o ficheiro Para apagar um ficheiro toque brevemente em apagar e volte a confirmar para a sua seguran a com apagar Para cancelar toque brevemente em cancelar Para renomear um ficheiro toque brevemente em renomear e insira a seguir o novo nome do ficheiro atrav s do teclado virtual Confirme com OK
273. moisture enter the unit please turn it off immediately clean it and dry the unit Please do not use chemical solvents to clean the device Use only a dry cloth o Do not place open flames such as lighted candles near or on the device o We are not liable for damages caused by malfunctions data losses incorrect handling own repairs to the device or changing of the batteries o Should the device not respond to your requests please restart the device by pressing the reset button on the back of it o When not in use please disconnect the mains adaptor from the power supply The outlet must be near the equipment and easily accessible Only use the AC adapter with grounded outlets with AC 100 240V 50 60 Hz If you are not sure about the power supply at installation site please ask the relevant energy services EN 2 Use only the included AC adapter and power cord To interrupt the power supply to your unit unplug the AC adapter from the outlet Always hold the adapter firmly when disconnecting the power supply Never pull on the line Do not open the housing of the power adapter With open housing there is danger of electrical shock It contains no user serviceable parts When not in use the battery of the device discharges slowly Prior to reuse it must be recharged Please observe environmentally sound disposal of the device and the battery Please do not disassemble into parts or try to repair it yourself becaus
274. must be licensed for everyone s free use or not licensed at all The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0 This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License The Program below refers to any such program or work and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running the Program is not restricted and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program independent of having been made by running the Program Whether that is true depends on what the Program does 1 You may and distribute verbatim copies of the Program s source code as you receive it in any EN 25 medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep i
275. n Toccando lievemente con le dita il touch screen si possono avviare in modo molto semplice le applicazioni inserire testi sulla tastiera virtuale e scorrendo nella relativa direzione si pu navigare tra le diverse schermate Rimuova la pellicola di protezione dal display prima di utilizzare l apparecchio Il touchscreen riconosce cariche elettriche minime come ad esempio quella trasmessa dal dico umano e stabilisce cos il punto d inserimento Si consiglia quindi di utilizzare la punta delle dita per l inserimento L utilizzo con un pennino o un altro oggetto appuntito non possibile Il touchscreen non dovrebbe entrare in contatto con l acqua o altri dispositivi elettrici al fine di evitare malfunzionamenti e difetti permanenti Nota a Se il touchscreen non viene utilizzato per due minuti l apparecchio passa nella modalit standby Premere brevemente il tasto On Off per passare alla modalit attiva b Per evitare inserimenti involontari il blocco tasti si attiva automaticamente Sbloccare i tasti dal touchscreen Trascinare a questo scopo il simbolo del lucchetto dal basso verso l altro sul display L apparecchio passer ora alla schermata iniziale Toccare il lucchetto chiuso sul display tenerlo premuto Trascinare quindi il lucchetto sul lucchetto aperto appena comparso e rilasciare il dito dal display Lo schermo ora sbloccato Pu girare l apparecchio in tutte le direzioni Dispone di un sensore che o
276. n cessaire FR 17 ff E Book Appuyez sur l ic ne du e book afin d acc der a votre biblioth que Cette option n cessite que des e books soient sauvegard s sur votre appareil dans un format support Pour savoir comment sauvegarder un fichier sur voter appareil veuillez consulter la section correspondante dans ce manuel gg Camera Appuyez sur l ic ne de la cam ra afin de d marrer la camera Vous y trouvez diff rents symboles permettant de modifier les param tres de la cam ra de la changer zoomer et passer du mode photo vid o hh Vid o Tapez bri vement sur l ic ne Vid o de l cran d accueil ou l aper u des applications afin d ouvrir la lecture de la vid o A pr sent les fichiers vid o s affichent dans une liste S lectionnez le fichier souhait en touchant bri vement et la vid o d marre cran de lecture Baisser le volume Chronologie Augmenter le volume Placer des signets R glez la luminosit de l cran Vid o Pr c dente Rembobiner Lecture Pause Vid o suivante Avancer LND np Modifier le format de pr sentation 10 Retour 11 Param tres vid o Tapez sur pour d marrer la lecture Tapez sur Thou interrompre la lecture Tapez sur our afficher les parametres vid o Tapez sur un emplacement de la chronologie afin de poursuivre directement la vid o a cet endroit Appuyez sur les touches de volume sur le c t de l appareil pour r gler le volume
277. n abzuspielen oder Play from Bookmark um das Video am gesetzten Lesezeichen fortzusetzen e Um ein Lesezeichen zu l schen tippen Sie auf und die Video Einstellungen werden ge ffnet Wahlen Sie nun Delete Bookmark Das Lesezeichen wird entfernt Tippen Sie auf Ea um die Helligkeit des Displays anzupassen Tippen Sie auf das Vor bzw Zuruck Symbol gt gt um das vorherige oder nachste Video abzuspielen Tippen Sie auf ES um das Darstellungsformat des Videos anzupassen Vollbild Original 16 9 4 3 e W hlen Sie DI um die aktuelle Wiedergabe anzuhalten und in die Video Ubersicht zu gelangen f Musik Musik Widget Mit diesem Widget k nnen Sie die Musikwiedergabe starten unterbrechen fortsetzen und zum nachsten Titel wechseln DE 19 Tippen Sie kurz auf das Musik Symbol in der Anwendungsubersicht oder auf den aktuellen Titel im Musik Widget um die Musikwiedergabe zu ffnen In der folgenden Ubersicht haben Sie die Wahl sich Ihre Musik nach Interpreten Alben Titel Playlist oder der aktuellen Wiedergabe sortiert anzeigen zu lassen Tippen Sie dazu einfach kurz auf das entsprechende Symbol 9 Interpreten Zeigt alle Musikdateien nach den einzelnen Interpreten sortiert an Ear Zeigt alle Musikdateien nach den einzelnen Alben sortiert an Titel Zeigt alle Musikdateien nach Titel sortiert an Playlists Zeigt die erstellten Playlists an 6 Aktuelle Wiedergabe Springt direkt zur akt
278. n auf die Uhr in der erweiterten Statusleiste werden Ihnen verschiedene Schnellzugriffe wie zum Beispiel der Zugang zu den Einstellungen angezeigt Anpassung des Startbildschirms Sie k nnen Ihren Startbildschirm ganz einfach an Ihre individuellen Bed rfnisse anpassen Wenn Sie ein Icon l schen m chten tippen Sie etwas l nger mit Ihrem Finger auf das Icon und schieben Sie es dann in das eingeblendete X Symbol Nehmen Sie den Finger nun vom Touchscreen und das Icon wird gel scht Wenn Sie ein Icon aus der Anwendungs bersicht auf den Startbildschirm positionieren wollen tippen Sie in der Anwendungs bersicht etwas l nger auf das Icon und der Startbildschirm erscheint Schieben Sie das Icon an die gew nschte Stelle und l sen Sie den Finger vom Touchscreen Das Icon wurde nun dem Startbildschirm hinzugef gt Wenn Sie ein Icon auf ein anderes Icon legen wird automatisch ein Ordner mit beiden Icons angelegt Tippen Sie auf den Ordner um alle darin abgelegten Icons angezeigt zu bekommen und w hlen Sie dann das gew nschte Icon durch kurzes Tippen aus Sie k nnen dem Startbildschirm au erdem Widgets hinzuf gen Tippen Sie dazu bitte auf die LA Taste in der rechten oberen Ecke des Startbildschirms um das Anwendungsmen zu ffnen Tippen Sie als nachstes auf das Wort Widgets Es werden Ihnen nun alle auf dem Ger t verf gbaren Widgets angezeigt Das Hinzuf gen eines Widgets auf den Startbildschirm funktioniert genau wie das Hinzufug
279. n the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program or with a work based on the Program on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You may copy and distribute the Program or a work based on it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following a Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or b Accompany it with a written offer valid for at least three years to give any third party for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution a complete machine readable copy of the corresponding source code to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or c Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to dist
280. na urz dzeniu musz by zapisane zdj cia Wyb r galerii i nast pnie zdj cia nast puje przez ponowne kr tkie naci ni cie Zdj cie zostanie teraz wy wietlone w trybie pe noekranowym PE l se w s ys Nacisniecie symbol zdj ci i o umo liwia wyb r pomi dzy r nymi mo liwo ciami grupowania Aby wy wietli nast pne lub poprzednie zdj cie nale y po prostu przesun bie ce zdj cie palcem w lewo lub prawo poza wy wietlacz Aby bezstopniowo powi kszy zdj cie nale y po o y na ekranie dotykowym dwa palce i rozsun je Kiedy ponownie zsuwa si palce to zdj cie zostaje bezstopniowo pomniejszone Kr tkie i szybkie podw jne naci ni cie na ekran dotykowy powoduje automatyczne powi kszenie zdj cia a ponowne podw jne naci ni cie wy wietlenie w pierwotnej wielko ci Kr tkie naci ni cie na ekran dotykowy daje dost p do dalszych funkcji Naci ni cie na symbol Menu umozliwia dostep do dalszych opcji Tutaj mozna uruchomic pokaz slajdow dokonac obr bki zdjecia obracac przycinac wybierac jako tto pulpitu oraz wySwietli szczeg y zdj cia Naci ni cie na symbol kosza A powoduje usuniecie zdjecia Nacisniecie na symbol dzielenia sie umozliwia wystanie zdjecia np e mailem PL 12 e Zainstalowane fabrycznie aplikacje na ekranie startowym Tutaj mo na znale przegl d zainstalowanych fabrycznie aplikacji aa Wysy anie od
281. nd only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer in accord with Subsection b above The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For an executable work complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable However as a special exception the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code 4 You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as suc
282. ne else and passed on we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors reputations Finally any free program is threatened constantly by software patents We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses in effect making the program proprietary To prevent this we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone s free use or not licensed at all The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0 This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License The Program below refers to any such program or work and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside DE 27 its scope The act of running the Program is not re
283. nez le type de serveur pour les e mails sortants et entrez les informations requises 7 Tapez sur Suivant pour poursuivre dans le menu L application e mail v rifie a present les modifications apport es a la configuration du serveur Apres avoir r ussi a cr er un dossier vous voyez le message Votre compte est cr et l e mail est en cours de cr ation Votre compte est maintenant mis en place 8 Entrez un nom pour votre boite aux lettres puis tapez sur Termin pour terminer le processus Note Si vous deviez poss der plus d un compte e mail le compte par d faut est appel lors de chaque d marrage de l application e mail G rer les comptes d emails Ajouter une nouvelle boite de r ception 1 Ouvrez I application email et appuyez sur la touche menu ER pour afficher des options suppl mentaires S lectionnez l option de menu Parametres puis Ajouter un compte pour cr er une nouvelle boite aux lettres 2 Suivez les instructions de I Assistant Installation pour cr er une nouvelle boite aux lettres Supprimer une boite de r ception 1 Ouvrez I application email et appuyez sur la touche menu E pour afficher des options suppl mentaires S lectionnez l option de menu Parametres puis Supprimer un compte pour supprimer une la boite aux lettres d sir e V rifier les propri t s du compte 1 Ouvrez l application email et appuyez sur la touche menu E pour afficher des options supp
284. nfigura o do sistema clicando r pido sobre o cone de configura o na lista de aplica es 2 Clique rapidamente no menu Apps para entrar na configura o das aplica es 3 Selecione entre um dos pontos fazer um download dispositivo de mem ria USB ativo e todos com um leve toque a aplica o desejada 4 Ent o selecione clicando rapidamente sobre a aplica o que deve ser desinstalada 5 Clique sobre desinstalar e confirme com um OK para que a aplica o seja desinstalada do aparelho Nota N o poss vel de apagar software pr instalada PT 21 13 Ficheiro Explorer Abra resumo das aplica es toque seguir brevemente no icone do Explorer para iniciar o ficheiro Explorer Navegar por ficheiros e pastas Tem a mem ria interna internal Memory o cart o de mem ria SD Card e o USB escolha Toque no local de armazenamento pretendido para visualizar uma lista dos ficheiros nele contidos Caso n o esteja inserido nenhum cart o de mem ria ou nenhum dispositivo de mem ria esteja ligado conex o de USB receber a informa o is unmounted Um movimento vertical permite lhe deslocar se entre os ficheiros e as pastas Abra um ficheiro ou uma pasta tocando brevemente Toque brevemente no respectivo icone para avan ar ou voltar um passo atras La Para subir um nivel na estrutura dos ficheiros toque brevemente no icone LevelUp w O icone Home EJ permite lhe ir directa
285. nformatique ou de logiciels informatiques d finis Il n y a aucun b n fice de la garantie en cas de non respect du manuel utilisateur Intenso ainsi qu en cas de mauvaise installation utilisation ou en cas de d fauts caus s par d autres quipements Si l appareil est expos des vibrations des d charges lectrostatiques aux effets de la chaleur ou de l humidit au del des sp cifications du produit il n est plus garanti Intenso n est pas responsable des pertes de donn es ou de la survenue de tout autre dommage collat ral ou dommage cons cutif de la violation des conditions de garantie ou de tout autre dommage quelle qu en soit la cause sous jacente Ce produit n est pas destin a un usage commercial ni a des applications m dicales et sp ciales dans laquelle la d faillance du produit peut entrainer des blessures la mort ou des dommages mat riels consid rables FR 24 16 Donnees techniques CPU 1 6 GHz Quadcore based on Cortex 9 Memoire principale 1 Go de DDR 3 Systeme d exploitation Android 4 2 2 Systemes d exploitation Windows XP Vista 7 8 Linux 2 4 et ult rieur Mac 10 6 et compatibles sup rieur Sans WiFi 5 EAT Alimentation V Adaptateur AC Ktec 545 024120020005 Entr e AC 100 240V 50 60Hz sortie DC 12V 2A Batterie interne Batterie lithium ion et polym re rechargeable 17 Entretien de l appareil Ne pulv risez ou n appliquez jamais un liquide directemen
286. ngen drehen Es verf gt ber einen Sensor der das Display automatisch ausrichtet DE 6 9 WIFI Um das Ger t mit dem Internet zu verbinden ben tigen Sie eine WLAN Verbindung Um diese herzustellen tippen Sie bitte auf das WIFI Icon auf dem Startbildschirm oder ffnen Sie in den Einstellungen die WLAN Einstellungen Hinweis Bitte beachten Sie dass sich ein WLAN Netz in Reichweite ihrer aktuellen Position befinden muss Automatische Verbindung Einstellungen ffnen Sie ber das WIFI Icon oder ber die Einstellungen die WLAN Einstellungen Hier k nnen Sie die WLAN Funktion ganz einfach WLAN AN aktivieren oder deaktivieren Schieben Sie den virtuellen Schalter Ja einfach aus der Position An nach links um die WLAN Funktion zu Mehr deaktivieren Die Anzeige wechselt nun zu Aus oa Um die deaktivierte WLAN Funktion wieder zu aktivieren schieben Sie den virtuellen Schalter einfach nach rechts DRAHTLOS amp NETZWERKE In den WLAN Einstellungen werden Ihnen auf der rechten Seite alle verfugbaren Netzwerke sowie alle bereits genutzten Netzwerke angezeigt Tippen Sie bitte auf das gewunschte Netzwerk und geben Sie gegebenenfalls den passenden WLAN Schlussel Passwort ein um eine Verbindung herzustellen Einstellungen SCANNEN NETZWERK HINZUFUGEN DRAHTLOS amp NETZWERKE WH INT1 WLAN Verbunden Mehr WH INT2 Gesichert mit WPA2 GERAT Sinus W 500V Tone Nicht in Reichweite Best
287. ni predefinite e da Lei gi installate Apra l applicazione desiderata toccando brevemente la relativa icona Men principale applicazioni IT 11 c Orologio analogico widget Sfiori Forologio analogico per attivare e o disattivare la sveglia o aggiungere altre sveglie d Galleria galleria fotografica widget Sfiori Ficona della galleria nel riepilogo delle applicazioni o l anteprima fotografica widget per aprire la galleria Per l uso le foto devono essere salvate sull apparecchio Selezioni la galleria desiderata ed infine l immagine selezionata con un altro tocco breve L immagine verr ora visualizzata a schermo intero Toccare il simbolo della foto per scegliere tra le diverse possibilit di raggruppamento Per visualizzare l immagine successiva o precedente trascini l immagine attuale con il dito verso sinistra o destra dal display Metta due dita sul touchscreen e le trascini nella direzione opposta per ingrandire l immagine progressivamente Se ricongiunge nuovamente le dita l immagine si rimpicciolir progressivamente Se tocca brevemente e velocemente il touchscreen due volte l immagine s ingrandir automaticamente e con un altro doppio tocco sar visualizzata nella grandezza originaria IT 12 Toccando brevemente il touchscreen saranno a Sua disposizione ulteriori funzioni Toccare il simbolo Menu per ricevere altre opzioni Qui si possono attivare delle diapositive
288. nia Do wprowadzania najlepiej wi c u ywa opuszk w palc w Obs uga za pomoc pisaka lub innego ostro zako czonego przedmiotu jest niemo liwa Ekran dotykowy nie powinien mie kontaktu z wod lub innymi urz dzeniami elektrycznymi aby unikn b dnego dzia ania i trwa ych uszkodze Wskaz wki a Je li ekran dotykowy nie jest obs ugiwany przez dwie minuty to urz dzenie przechodzi w tryb czuwania Aby przej w tryb aktywny nale y kr tko nacisn przycisk W WY b Aby uniemo liwi niezamierzone wprowadzanie aktywowana jest automatyczny blokada przycisk w Blokad prosz odblokowa na ekranie dotykowym Dotknij na wy wietlaczu zamkni tej k dki i przytrzymaj j naci ni t Przeci gnij teraz t k dk na w a nie wy wietlon otwart k dk i nast pnie cofnij sw j palec z wy wietlacza Ekran jest teraz odblokowany Urz dzenie mo na obraca we wszystkie strony Jest ono wyposa ono w czujnik kt ry automatycznie dostosowuje wy wietlacz PL 6 9 WIFI Aby po czy urz dzenie z Internetem konieczne jest po czenie z sieci bezprzewodow Aby je utworzy nale y nacisn na ikon Wi Fi na g wnym ekranie lub w Ustawieniach otworzy Ustawienia Wi Fi Wskaz wka Nale y zwr ci uwag e w bie cej pozycji konieczny jest zasi g sieci bezprzewodowej Po czenie automatyczne U ywaj c ikony Wi Fi lub korzystaj c z Ustawie otw rz ustawienia W
289. nso 49377 Vechta Germany www intenso de IT 25 20 Licenza informazione Notice of GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE and LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENCE Dear Customer If interested you and any third party can download the source code of used GPL LGPL from Intenso Webpage hitp www intenso de The source code of the desired product is available to anyone on the selection of valid product category and the desired device In the product details you will find the entry drivers Open this menu to download the corresponding GPL LGPL code For a fee of 35 delivery to another country as Germany it is also possible to obtain this code by postal delivery More information about the GPL LGPL Licence can you find on following website www gnu org GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to us
290. ntact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Program and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions a You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change b You must cause any work that you distribute or publish that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License c If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run you must cause it when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty or else saying that you provide a warranty and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions and telling the user how to view a copy of this License Exception if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an ann
291. nte Intenso 49377 Vechta Germany www intenso de ES 24 20 La licencia informacion Notice of GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE and LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENCE Dear Customer If interested you and any third party can download the source code of used GPL LGPL from Intenso Webpage hitp www intenso de The source code of the desired product is available to anyone on the selection of valid product category and the desired device In the product details you will find the entry drivers Open this menu to download the corresponding GPL LGPL code For a fee of 35 delivery to another country as Germany it is also possible to obtain this code by postal delivery More information about the GPL LGPL Licence can you find on following website www gnu org GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose au
292. ntinue the music display and move to the next title Tip shortly on the music symbol in the application overview or on the actual title in the music widget to open the music display EN 18 In the following view you can choose to display your music sorted by Artist Album Songs Playlists or Now playing Just tap briefly on the icon Shows all music files sorted according to the individual artists Shows all music files sorted according to the individual aloums Shows all music files sorted by title Playlists Displays the created playlists 6 Now Playing Jumps directly to the current playback Select by briefly tapping the name of the file and the music playback starts Playback Screen 1 Now playing 2 Shuffle activate deactivate 3 Repeat options a all titles will be repeated b current title is repeated repetition is disabled Title details Next Previous track 6 Play Pause Timeline e the pause icon to pause playback resume playback tap the play icon U e Tap the forward or backward icon to play the previous or next title e Tap aspot on the timeline to continue playing it right at this point Press the volume keys on the side of the device to adjust the volume e To open the preview the current playlist tap on the playlist icon EI Tap on a title to play it directly e To change the repeat mode tap the repeat mode icon E
293. o musica nel riepilogo delle applicazioni o sul titolo attuale nello widget musicale per aprire la riproduzione musicale Nel seguente menu principale pu scegliere di visualizzare la Sua musica in ordine secondo gli interpreti gli album i titoli la playlist o elenco attuale Tocchi a questo scopo brevemente il simbolo corrispondente Mostra tutti i files musicali ordinati in base ai singoli interpreti Mostra tutti i files musicali ordinati in base ai singoli album Titolo Mostra tutti i files musicali ordinati per titolo Playlists Mostra tutte le playlists presenti 6 Elenco attuale Va direttamente all elenco attuale Toccando brevemente selezioni il nome del file desiderato e la riproduzione musicale verr avviata IT 19 Schermata di riproduzione 21 E 1 Riproduzione attuale 2 Attivare Disattivare la riproduzione causale 3 Opzioni di ripetizione a Tutti i titoli vengono ripetuti b Il titolo attuale viene ripetuto La ripetizione disattivata Dettagli titolo Titolo successivo precedente Play Pausa Barra di avanzamento MERAY 4 5 6 7 gt gt e Tocchi il simbolo Pausa per arrestare la riproduzione Per proseguire la riproduzione tocchi il simbolo Play U e Tocchi sul simbolo Avanti o Indietro 4 gt per riprodurre il titolo successivo o precedente e Tocchi su un punto della barra di scorrimento per proseguire la riproduzione
294. ogram except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by FR 27 law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Program or any work based on the Program you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it 6 Each time you redistribute the Program or any work based on the Program the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License 7 as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whethe
295. ones actuales consulte la p gina www intenso de Marca Google Google Logo y Android son marcas de Google Todos los demas nombres de productos o servicios son propiedad de sus duenos respectivos 2 Avisos o Evite un impacto brusco del aparato No coloque el aparato en superficies inclinadas para evitar su ca da o No haga uso del aparato en lugares extremadamente frios calientes h medos o repletos de polvo Evite tambi n la exposici n directa al sol del aparato o Evite su utilizaci n en lugares arenosos o No emplee el aparato en las proximidades de lugares con riesgo de explosi n como puede ser el surtidor de una gasolinera e Evite su empleo en cojines sof s u otros objetos que fomenten la creaci n de calor pues existe el riesgo de sobrecalentamiento del aparato Guarde sus datos de forma regular para evitar una posible p rdida de datos No nos hacemos responsables en el caso de una eventual p rdida de datos o No separe la conexi n mientras transfiere datos o cuando se va a formatear el aparato Esta separaci n puede conllevar una p rdida de datos o Im genes y videos pueden estar protegidos por los derechos de terceras personas La reproducci n sin licencia puede violar los derechos de autor Evite el empleo del aparato en campos altamente magnetizados Proteja a su aparato de la humedad Si entra humedad en el aparato apaguelo inmediatamente y disp ngase a limpiarlo y secarlo
296. onfigurac o depois acrescentar conta para adicionar um novo endere o 2 Siga as instru es de configura o para adicionar um novo endere o Cancelar um endere o 1 Abra a aplica o de E Mail e clique sobre a tecla menu mostrar outras Selecione ponto configura o e depois cancelar conta cancelar endere o desejado Verificando as propriedades da conta 1 Abra a aplica o de E Mail e clique sobre a tecla menu para mostrar outras selecione configurag o No lado esquerdo do menu ir aparecer ent o todos os endere os ativados 2 Clique sobre o endere o desejado para visualizar as propriedades da conta 3 Clique sobre propriedades da conta para completar os registros Ver mensagens de e mail Abra a aplica o de email tocando brevemente no cone de email para ver a conta de email criada e Um movimento vertical permite lhe deslocar se pelos seus emails Toque brevemente num email que pretende abrir Mantenha o dedo numa mensagem de email para ver mais op es Surge uma mensagem de informa es Ent o pode abrir responder reencaminhar ou apagar emails Escrever mensagens via e mail 1 Clique no s mbolo de E mail na barra superior do menu e se abrir uma nova janela onde poder escrever um e mail 2 Escreva o endere o de e mail do destinat rio um objeto e o texto nas respectivas lacunas ta
297. ontributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 9 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program does not specify a version number of this Licens
298. opies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by PT 26 law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Program or any work based on the Program you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it 6 Each time you redistribute the Program or any work based on the Program the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License 7 as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this Licens
299. opy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code 4 You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance 5 You are not required to accept this License since you have not signed it However nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works These actions are prohibited by EN 26 law if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or distributing the Program or any work based on the Program you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so and all its terms and conditions for copying distributing or modifying the Program or works based on it 6 Each time you redistribute the Program or any work based on the Program the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy distribute or modify the Program subject to these terms and conditions You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipient
300. oria Qui si possono gestire le applicazioni installate e ricevere informazioni sulle applicazioni Servizi sede Qui si pu permettere a diverse applicazioni Android di rilevare e usare la Sua sede attuale per mezzo di reti wireless p es Google Maps E inoltre possibile definire se Google possa adattare i risultati di ricerca e altri servizi alla Sua sede PR Qui si pu configurare ad esempio il blocco dello schermo ed eseguire altre impostazioni importanti per la sicurezza Lingua amp Qui si pu impostare per esempio la propria lingua preferita aggiungere inserimento diverse voci al proprio vocabolario personale ed eseguire diverse impostazioni per la tastiera Salvare amp resettare Qui si possono salvare le proprie impostazioni di sistema e i dati delle applicazioni su server Google Inoltre si possono ripristinare le impostazioni iniziali di fabbrica ATTENZIONE per farlo vengono cancellati tutti i dati salvati sul dispositivo Aggiungere un Conti Qui pu aggiungere diversi conti conto Data amp ora Qui si possono definire data ora fuso orario e formato della visualizzazione Info sul tablet Mostra informazioni sul dispositivo IT 21 12 Gestione di applicazioni Applicazioni gia installate Questo apparecchio viene fornito con delle applicazioni gia installate Puo trovare una panoramica delle applicazioni gia installate nel menu principale delle Tra queste rientrano
301. orma o mem ria USB em utiliza o Tocando brevemente no bot o Home permite lhe continuar a utilizar o aparelho de forma normal Desde o seu computador tem agora acesso mem ria interna do aparelho permitindo lhe copiar apagar ou mover dados no aparelho 3 Quando houver uma conex o USB no seu computador aparecer na barra de tarefas um s mbolo USB A barra de tarefas avan ada clicar sobre o rel gio na barra de tarefas para abrir mostra informa es adicionais para ativar e desativar a conex o USB PT 5 e Para desativar o dispositivo de mem ria clique sobre desativar dispositivo USB e Clique sobre a fun o remover hardware com seguran a 5 para remover o dispositivo USB do seu computador Nota As aplica es pr instaladas o sistema operativo Android ocupam uma parte da memoria Por essa raz o n o tem mem ria inteira sua disposi o 8 Ecr t ctil Este aparelho comandado por um Touchscreen Com seus dedos poder clicar suavemente no Touchscreen para facilmente iniciar a aplica o digitar textos em teclado virtual e arrastando na respectiva dire o modificar as telas principais Por favor retire a pel cula protectora do ecr antes de utilizar o aparelho O ecr t ctil identifica pequenas cargas el ctricas tais como as emitidas pelo dedo humano e define assim o ponto de entrada Portanto prefer vel utilizar as pontas dos dedos para fazer entradas A util
302. ormation or assistance on use of the App please visit the homepage of the provider under www androidpit de Note For this function a wireless Internet connection is necessary ee Web browser To launch the web browser tap on the Browser icon the home screen To open a website tap on the upper input field for the Internet address The virtual keyboard now opens and you can enter the address of the desired website To open the website tap Go or tap on the arrow icon next to the input field Note Not all networks provide Internet access Some networks offer access only to other related local computers but not Internet connection Using the virtual keyboard Tap the box to open the virtual keyboard You can now enter text or websites a Caps lock case sensitive Return button c Calling up the menu for numbers characters and special character input d Space bar no character input Go confirmation of your input Special character input In order to enter a special character such as tap the a key with your finger for a long time to call up the special character menu Now glide with your finger to the desired special character for example an and take your finger from the display You now have entered an Intenso GmbH lt http www intenso de Karriere Presse 16 Using the web browser e Youcan scroll through the display by performing a vertical sweeping mo
303. os que abra la aplicaci n Task Killer y finalice todas aquellas aplicaciones que no le son necesarias en el momento 1 Abra la aplicaci n Task Killer 2 Seleccione las aplicaciones que no necesita en ese momento vallable Memory 94 00M A Task Killer Browser Calendar Calendar Storage Download Manager Google Services Framework J Launcher My Uploads OTA Service Search Search Applications Provider 3 Para confirmar su elecci n presione brevemente el s mbolo denominado Kill selected apps Available Memory 94 00M KILL selected apps 15 Condiciones de garantia limitada La garantia cubre solamente la sustituci n de este producto de Intenso La garantia no es v lida en el caso de desgastes resultantes de un uso inadecuado negligencia accidentes incompatibilidad o rendimiento insuficiente por parte de un cierto Hardware o Software de ordenador El derecho a la garantia expira en caso de incumplimiento de las instrucciones elaboradas por Intenso asi como en caso de montaje o uso indebido o defectos causados por otros aparatos En caso de que el producto est expuesto a vibraciones descargas electroestaticas influencia del calor o de la humedad o en cualquier otro caso en que se exponga al producto mas alla de sus especificaciones no existe derecho a garantia Intenso no se responsabiliza por la p rdida de datos por dafios colaterales
304. osici n una memoria interna una tarjeta de memoria tarjeta SD y un USB Seleccione su lugar de almacenamiento preferido para visualizar una lista de los ficheros contenidos Si no se ha insertado ninguna tarjeta de memoria o ning n dispositivo de memoria conectado a la conexi n de USB se recibir la informaci n desmontada e Atrav s de un movimiento vertical puede desplazar ficheros y carpetas Abra un fichero o una carpeta pulsando dos veces brevemente ES 21 e Puede seleccionar un icono de paso adelante y paso hacia atras e Para subir el nivel de la estructura de los ficheros pulse brevemente el icono LevelUp Con el icono de Home E se puede ir directamente al directorio principal Utilizar la barra de herramientras LevelUp Multi Editor Bak Next a wik cani monter mens Pulse en la tecla Menu y luego Ocultar barra de herramientas para mostrar ocultar la barra de herramientas Home Ir directamente al directorio principal LevelUp Subir un nivel Multi Seleccionar varios ficheros Copiar apagar mover insertar cambiar el nombre de un fichero o carpeta Carpeta Crea una carpeta nueva nueva Dar un paso atras Next Dar un paso hacia delante Copiar mover y renombrar ficheros y carpetas Navegue por el fichero deseado dentro de la lista de los ficheros Haga clic y mantenga el dedo en el fichero hasta que el panel de informacion apar
305. ou cancele o processo com cancelar Pode eier apagar ou mover varios ficheiros ou pastas simultaneamente Toque no icone Multi e a seguir no ficheiro pretendido Os ficheiros seleccionados sao apresentados numa outra cor Toque no icone do Editor g para efectuar a ac o pretendida PT 22 14 Task Manager Este aparelho de Multitasking Assim sendo pode abrir v rias aplica es simultaneamente tal como ouvir m sica navegar ao mesmo tempo na internet ou ver fotografias Pode surgir o caso de que decorram demasiadas aplica es de fundo Nesse caso abra a aplica o Task Killer e termine as aplica es que n o s o necess rias no momento 1 Abrir a aplicagao Task Killer 2 Seleccionar as aplica es que n o s o necess rias no momento wallable Memory 94 00M KILL selected apps a Task Killer Browser Calendar Calendar Storage amp Download Manager Email Gallery Google Services Framework Launcher My Uploads Search Applicatio s Provider 3 Para confirmar toque brevemente no simbolo Kill selected apps Available Memory 94 00M KILL selected apps 15 Condi es de garantia limitada A garantia cobre apenas a substitui o deste produto da Intenso A garantia n o v lida em caso de desgastes normais resultantes de uso inadequado neglig ncia acidentes incompatibilidade ou rendimento insuficiente de um certa hardware ou soft
306. ouncement your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program or with a work based on the Program on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You may copy and distribute the Program or a work based on it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following a Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distribut
307. oundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 11 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 12 INNO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER FR 28 PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILI
308. our afficher les ic nes contenues puis s lectionner l ic ne souhait e en tapant bri vement dessuss Vous pouvez galement ajouter des widgets l cran principal Pour ce faire appuyez sur le bouton LH dans le coin en haut droite de l cran principal et le menu des applications s ouvrira Maintenant appuyez sur widgets Tous les widgets disponibles sur le p riph rique sont maintenant affich s Ajoutez un widget l cran principal exactement comme vous ajoutez une ic ne Si vous voulez changer votre image de fond appuyez simplement sur une place libre dans l cran principal et continuez appuyer sur l cran jusqu ce que le menu de s lection d arri re plan apparaisse FR 9 Utiliser diff rents crans d accueil Cinq crans principaux peuvent tre individuellement configur s Vous pouvez facilement passer de l un a l autre en faisant glisser le doigt l g rement sur l cran vers la gauche ou la droite En appuyant sur la touche accueil vous arrivez toujours revenir l cran d accueil central Applications pr install es sur l cran d accueil A Lien vers Google search B Pr sentation de l application C Heure analogique D Album photo E Apps sur l cran principal F Acc s rapide la musique G Barre d tat retour accueil programmes r cemment utilis s heure WiFi tat de la batterie FR 10 a Barre de recherche pour la recherche sur Google Q Google A
309. owing notices to the program It is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively convey the exclusion of warranty and each file should have at least the copyright line and a pointer to where the full notice is found one line to give the program s name and an idea of what it does Copyright C yyyy name of author This program is free software you can redistribute it and or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation either version 2 of the License or at your option any later version This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE See the GNU General Public License for more details You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program if not write to the Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail If the program is interactive make it output a short notice like this when it starts an interactive mode Gnomovision version 69 Copyright C year name of author Gnomovision comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY for details type show w This is free software and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions type show c for details
310. ozycj c Wywo anie menu do wprowadzania cyfr znak w i znak w specjalnych d Spacja Przejd potwierdzenie wprowadzonych danych Wprowadzanie znak w specjalnych Aby wprowadzi znak specjalny np nale y d ugo nacisn palcem na klawisz a aby wywo a menu znak w specjalnych Nast pnie nale y przesun palec na wybrany znak specjalny na przyk ad i zdj palec z wy wietlacza Wprowadzona zosta a litera Intenso GmbH lt http www intenso de Produkte Firmenprofil Support Kontakt Karriere Presse PL 16 Korzystanie z przegladarki internetowej Obraz wy wietlany na ekranie mo na przewija wykonuj c palcami pionowy ruch przesuni cia Prosz nie rozpoczyna ruchu na punkcie menu lub linku gdy otworzy si wtedy odpowiednie cze e Aby otworzy link internetowy nale y po prostu nacisn na ten link Nowa strona otworzy si automatycznie Aby otworzy menu przegl darki internetowej nale y nacisn przycisk Menu E Tutaj do dostepne sa rozne funkcje Miedzy innymi mozna tutaj aktualizowa otwarta strone internetowa otworzy now kart zachowa stron do odczytu offline albo przej do ustawie przegl darki internetowej cofn sie do poprzedniej strony nale y nacisn przycisk Wstecz MEJ Aby cofn si bezpo rednio do ekranu startowego nale y nacisn przycisk Home z Aby wprowadzi
311. param tres WiFi et appuyez sur Scan 3 Si le r seau WiFi ne figure pas dans la liste des r seaux disponibles alors s lectionnez l option Ajouter un r seau afin de saisir le SSID du r seau le protocole de s curit et le mot de passe possiblement li Appuyez sur Enregistrer pour confirmer votre saisie 7 10 L cran d accueil Affichage D verrouillage de Si l cran tactile n est pas utilis pendant deux minutes l appareil se met en mode Standby Appuyez sur le bouton Marche Arr t pendant une courte p riode pour revenir en mode actif L affichage verrouill emp che les saisies involontaires Touchez le verrou ferm E sur l cran et maintenez appuy Maintenant faites glissez le verrou vers le verrou ouvert qui apparait sur I cran et retirez votre doigt de I cran L cran est maintenant d verrouill THU 7 18 2013 D placer l ic ne de verrouillage avec votre doigt dans le sens de la fl che Conseil Faites glisser le symbole du verrou vers le symbole d appareil photo qui apparait pour ouvrir l application appareil photo directement FR 8 Barre d tat La barre d tat se trouve dans la section inf rieure de l cran de d marrage Elle a les fonctions suivantes Indicateur de Derniers programmes i batterie utilis s Etape de retour Appel de I cran d accueil Connexion sans fil Ici vous rece
312. parelho 18 10 11 Bot o de ligar desligar mantenha 7 Conector de auricular 3 5mm premido para desligar o aparelho 8 Tomada micro USB premir brevemente para mudar 9 HDMI entre standby e modo activo 10 Entrada DC 12V 2A Volume 11 Leitor de cartoes micro SD Indicador de carga vermelho 12 Microfone integrado durante o processo de carga 13 Touchscreen amarelo se estiver completamente 14 Altifalante integrado carregada C mara na frente Camara posterior 4 Conte do da embalagem Por favor verifique se o conte do da embalagem est completo TAB 1004 Auricular Stereo Cabo USB Transformador 12V 2 0A Manual de instru es PT 4 5 Carregar a bateria Carregue completamente a bateria do aparelho antes da primeira utiliza o Para tal conecte adaptador com o aparelho e uma tomada O carregamento completo demora cerca de 5 horas O estado de carregamento indicado na parte da frente do lado esquerdo do aparelho O LED fica vermelho durante o carregamento e muda para amarelo quando a bateria estiver completamente carregada Notas a atingir 15 do rendimento restante da bateria receber um aviso no ecr Deve agora ligar o transformador a uma tomada para carregar a bateria evitar uma eventual perda de dados e aumenta
313. permitir a las distintas aplicaciones Android reconocer su ubicaci n ubicaci n mediante redes inalambricas y utilizar esta informaci n p ej Google Maps Adem s podr establecer si desea que Google pueda adaptar los resultados de b squeda a su ubicaci n ajustes relevantes en cuanto a seguridad Idioma e Aqui podr ajustar por ejemplo su idioma preferido anadir palabras introducci n diversas al diccionario personalizado y efectuar ajustes en el teclado Cuentas Guardar y Aqu podr guardar sus ajustes de sistema y sus datos de aplicaci n en restablecer servidores de Google Adem s tambi n puede restablecer los ajustes de f brica ATENCI N En ese caso se borrar n todos los datos guardados en el dispositivo A adir cuentas Aqu puede a adir diferentes cuentas Hora y fecha Aqu podr ajustar la fecha la hora la zona horaria el formato de visualizaci n Sobre la tableta Le muestra informaci n sobre el dispositivo Cuentas ES 20 12 Gestion de aplicaciones Aplicaciones pre instaladas Este aparato se entrega con aplicaciones preinstaladas La idea de estas aplicaciones se encuentra en el resumen de aplicaciones A ellas corresponde el reproductor de v deo y de audio el browser de Internet la alarma la calculadora y otras m s Para proceder a la apertura de estas aplicaciones ha de pulsar brevemente el bot n correspondiente Instalaci n de las aplicaciones Para instalar
314. plays Wird der Touchscreen zwei Minuten lang nicht bedient wechselt das Ger t in den Standby Modus Dr cken Sie kurz die Ein Aus Taste um in den aktiven Modus zu wechseln Das Display ist zum Schutz vor ungew nschten Eingaben gesperrt Ber hren Sie das geschlossene Schloss El auf dem Display und halten Sie dieses gedr ckt Ziehen Sie nun das Schloss auf das soeben erschienende ge ffnete Schloss und l sen Sie dann Ihren Finger vom Display Der Bildschirm ist nun entsperrt DE 8 9 01 THU 7 18 2013 Ziehen Sie das Schloss Symbol mit Ihrem Finger Pfeilrichtung Hinweis Ziehen Sie das Schloss Symbol zum erscheinenden Kamera Symbol um direkt die Kameraanwendung zu ffnen Statusleiste Die Statusleiste finden Sie im unteren Bereich des Startbildschirms Sie besitzt folgende Funktionalit t Zuletzt genutzte Programme Ladezustand Batterie WLAN Verbindung Startbildschirm Sie erhalten Informationen ber die zuletzt genutzten Programme die Signalst rke der aktuellen WLAN Verbindung die aktuelle Uhrzeit den aktuellen Batterieladestand Sie k nnen folgende Funktionen ausf hren e Startbildschirm aufrufen e jeweilig aufgerufenem Men einen Schritt zur ckgehen e die zuletzt genutzten Programme aufrufen DE 9 Durch kurzes Tippen auf die Uhr ffnen Sie die erweiterte Statusleiste Hier werden Ihnen aktuelle Statusmeldungen angezeigt Durch nochmaliges Tippe
315. pois clique sobre transferir dados 3 Se a rede Wi Fi n o aparecer na lista das redes dispon veis clique sobre o ponto adicionar rede e digite manualmente a rede SSID o protocolo de seguran a e tamb m a sua respectiva senha Para confirmar os dados clique sobre Salvar PT 7 10 O ecra inicial Visualiza o Desbloquear o ecr Se o ecra t til n o for utilizado durante dois minutos o aparelho muda para o modo de espera Pressione brevemente a tecla Ligar Desligar para mudar para o modo ativo O mostrador est bloqueado para proteger de uma utiliza o acidental Toque no cadeado fechado E no mostrador e mantenha o pressionado Arraste agora o cadeado para o cadeado aberto que apareceu agora no mostrador e solte o seu dedo do mostrador O ecr est agora desbloqueado 9 01 THU 7 18 2013 Puxe s mbolo da fechadura seu dedo direc o da seta Aviso Arraste o s mbolo do cadeado para o s mbolo da c mara que apareceu para abrir diretamente a aplica o da c mara PT 8 Barra de Estado A barra de estado encontra se na parte inferior do ecra principal Ela tem as seguintes funcionalidades Voltar atras Estado da bateria Programas usados recentemente Aqui obt m informa es sobre Os programas que utilizou na ultima vez a for a do sinal da liga o WLAN atual a hora atual o estado atual da bateria Pode executar as seguintes fun
316. ppen und halten Sie den Finger auf einer bestimmten E Mail Nachricht um weitere Optionen angezeigt zu bekommen Es erscheint nun ein Infofeld Hier k nnen Sie jetzt die E Mail ffnen beantworten weiterleiten oder l schen Schreiben von E Mail Nachrichten 1 Tippen Sie in der E Mail bersicht auf das Email Symbol in der oberen Men leiste und es ffnet sich ein neues Fenster indem Sie eine neue Email verfassen k nnen 2 Geben Sie nun die E Mail Adresse des Empf ngers einen Betreff und den Text in die daf r vorgesehen Felder ein Sie k nnen ebenfalls Cc Bcc hinzuf gen um eine E Mail an mehrere User zu schreiben 3 Tippen Sie auf Senden um die E Mail abzuschicken Tippen Sie auf Speichern um die eingegebene E Mail als Entwurf zu speichern Wenn Sie auf das M lleimer Symbol tippen wird die aktuell eingegebene E Mail wieder entfernt DE 15 bb Kalender Tippen Sie kurz auf dieses Icon um eine Kalender bersicht zu erhalten Um Termine und Erinnerungen verwalten zu k nnen m ssen Sie Ihren bestehenden Google Kalender synchronisieren oder einen neuen Google Kalender einrichten Haben Sie noch kein Google Konto auf dem Gerat eingerichtet folgen Sie einfach bei der ersten Nutzung des Kalenders den Anweisungen des Einrichtungsassistenten oder ffnen Sie sp ter die Kalendereinstellungen Wahlen Sie dort Konto hinzuf gen und der Einrichtungsassistent erscheint cc Lesen von Off
317. ppuyez sur la loupe pour ouvrir bri vement la fonction de recherche Google TV Saisissez l l ment de recherche d sir a l aide du clavier virtuel puis appuyez sur Envoyer Tous les r sultats de recherche disponibles de la recherche Google vont maintenant tre affich s o Astuce Par un mouvement rapide vers le haut ou vers le bas apr s lequel vous relachez le doigt de l cran tactile l appareil fait d filer une liste rapidement Cela fonctionne dans tous les affichages qui sont plus grands que I cran Note Pour cette fonction une connexion Internet sans fil est n cessaire b Apercu des applications Tapez bri vement sur l ic ne Aper u des applications pour ouvrir l aper u des applications Vous voyez maintenant un aper u de toutes les applications pr install es et des applications que vous avez d ja install es Ouvrez I application souhait e en tapant brievement sur I ic ne correspondante Aper u des applications FR 11 c Heure analogique Widget Appuyez sur l heure analogique pour activer ou d sactiver l alarme de r veil ou encore y ajouter des alarmes suppl mentaires d Album photo Widget Appuyez sur l ic ne de l album photo dans la liste des applications ou sur le widget d aper u des photos pour ouvrir l album Pour l utiliser l appareil doit contenir des photos S lectionnez la galerie souhait e puis l image souhait e en tapant nouveau bri vement L image
318. r e d espace Entr e confirmation de votre entr e Pour saisir un caract re sp cial tel que appuyez sur la touche a avec votre doigt pendant une longue p riode pour appeler le menu des caract res sp ciaux Maintenant glisser avec votre doigt sur le caract re sp cial souhait par exemple un et retirez votre doigt de l cran Vous avez maintenant saisi un Intenso GmbH F C http www intenso de Firmenprofil Support Kontakt fens Utilisation du navigateur Web Vous pouvez faire d filer a en Karriere Presse effectuant un mouvement de balayage vertical avec vos doigts Veuillez ne pas amorcer le mouvement de balayage sur un element de menu ou un lien sinon I op ration existante serait ouverte automatiquement Pour ouvrir un lien Internet tapez simplement sur le lien La nouvelle page s ouvre Appuyez sur la touche menu H pour ouvrir le menu du navigateur Web La de multiples fonctions sont fournies Parmi d autres choses pouvez actualiser le site Web ouvert ici muliiples Webs Pour revenir a la page pr c dente veuillez appuyer sur la touche retour Pour aller directement a d accueil veuillez appuyez sur la touche 88 Pour entrer du texte tapez sur le champ et utilisez le clavier virtuel pour du texte Note Pour cette fonction une connexion Internet sans fil est
319. r n todos los buzones de correo creados 2 Pulse en el buz n de correo deseado para mostrar los ajustes de la cuenta 3 Pulse en las propiedades de cuenta a ser cambiadas para efectuar los cambios deseados Verificar las propiedades de cuenta e Abra su aplicaci n de e mail y pulse la tecla del men E Mail para visualizar otras opciones Pulse en cuentas para poder visualizar la cuenta en concreto Mantenga pulsado el dedo en la configuraci n de cuenta hasta que surja un campo de informaciones e Pulse brevemente la opci n opciones de cuenta y se visualizar n todas las configuraciones de email de la cuenta Ahora puede modificar todas las configuraciones Ver mensajes de email Abra la aplicaci n de e mail haciendo un breve click sobre el icono del e mail Su buz n se puede ahora visualizar A trav s de movimientos verticales puede desplazar sus e mails Haga click en un e mail determinado con el fin de abrirlo e Mantenga el dedo pulsado en un e mail determinado para poder visualizar otras opciones Ahora aparece un panel de informaci n Usted puede aqu abrir el e mail contestarlo reenviarlo o eliminarlo ES 14 Escribir mensajes de correo electronico 1 Pulse en la vista general del correo electr nico en el s mbolo Email en la barra de menu superior y se abrir una ventana nueva en el cual puede escribir un nuevo correo electr nico 2 Ahora introduzca la direcci n de corr
320. r a dura o do transformador b Pode utilizar o aparelho enquanto carregar a bateria No entanto e para garantir uma dura o duradoura da bateria pedimos que n o utilize o aparelho c Para assegurar um bom rendimento deve utilizar regularmente a bateria integrada Caso utilizar raramente o aparelho carregue a bateria pelo menos uma vez por m s completamente d Assegure se que utilize apenas o transformador fornecido para carregar a bateria 6 Utilizar um cart o micro SD SDHC Este dispositivo pode ler dados diretamente desde um cart o Micro SD SDHC com uma capacidade m xima de 32GB Para utilizar o cart o Micro SD SDHC insira o cart o na respetiva ranhura Micro SD no lado esquerdo do dispositivo Utilize o explorador pr instalado para aceder aos dados no cart o de mem ria Selecione assim no explorador a diretoria SD Card 7 Transfer ncia de dados entre o aparelho e o computador Ligue o aparelho atrav s do cabo USB fornecido a um computador Caso o aparelho n o tenha estado ligado antes de entrar em funcionamento liga se automaticamente Isso pode demorar um momento pois o sistema operativo tem que iniciar primeiro Caso o aparelho j estiver ligado o computador dever reconh lo automaticamente ap s alguns segundos 1 No aparelho visualiza se ent o o ecr para a liga o com USB 2 Toque brevemente em activar mem ria USB O aparelho reconhecido como suporte de dados m vel e recebe a inf
321. r by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is in
322. r ejemplo buscar un texto determinado o contar palabras This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file ES 15 dd AndroidPIT App En este aparato se encuentra preinstalado el App de AndroidPIT Aqui encuentra diversas aplicaciones informes de tests un blog y un foro Para m s informaci n o ayuda sobre el funcionamiento del App Centers consulte la pagina web del operador www androidpit de Advertencia esta funci n requiere una conexion a Internet WLAN ee Web Browser Para iniciar el Web Browser pinche en el icono Browser que se encuentra en la pantalla inicial Para abrir una p gina de Internet pulse en la parte superior de las entradas para visualizar la direcci n de Internet El teclado virtual se abre ahora y usted puede elegir la direcci n de la p gina de Internet deseada Pinche en comenzar o en el s mbolo al lado del campo de entradas para abrir la p gina web Advertencia no todas las redes ofrecen acceso a la red Algunas redes ofrecen solo acceso a otros ordenadores locales conectados y no conexi n a Internet Utilizaci n del teclado virtual Pinche en el campo de entradas para abrir el teclado virtual Puede componer un texto o acceder a p ginas de Internet a Caps Lock letras may sculas o min
323. r most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs and that you know you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that you have You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know
324. redes WLAN que se encuentran actualmente disponibles se actualiza autom ticamente c Cuando la funci n WLAN se encuentra activada el aparato se conecta autom ticamente a una red anteriormente configurada siempre que se encuentre al alcance d Cuando una red WLAN desconocida se encuentra al alcance aparece un panel informativo en la pantalla Conexion manual Para buscar de forma manual una red WLAN accesible proceda como sigue 1 Abra los Ajustes 2 Ahora abra los Ajustes Wi Fi y pulse en Escanear 3 En el caso de que la red Wi Fi no aparezca en la lista de redes disponibles seleccione el punto Anadir red para introducir manualmente la red SSID el protocolo de seguridad y en caso de ser necesario la contrase a correspondiente Para confirmar su entrada de datos pulse Guardar ES 7 10 Pantalla inicial Visualizacion Desbloqueo de la pantalla Si no utiliza la pantalla tactil durante mas de dos minutos el dispositivo cambio a modo Standby Presione brevemente el boton On Off para activarlo La pantalla esta protegida para evitar entradas no deseadas Toque el candado cerrado El en la pantalla y mant ngalo presionado A continuaci n presione sobre el candado que aparezca un candado abierto y quite el dedo de la pantalla La pantalla est desbloqueada ahora 9 01 THU 7 18 2013 Mueva el s mbolo de cerradura con sus dedos en la direcci n que indica la flecha Nota apri
325. ribute corresponding source code This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer in accord with Subsection b above The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For an executable work complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable However as a special exception the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed in either source or binary form with the major components compiler kernel and so on of the operating system on which the executable runs unless that component itself accompanies the executable If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code 4 You may not copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to copy modify sublicense or distribute the Program is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License However parties who have received c
326. rienta automaticamente il display 9 WIFI Per collegare l apparecchio a internet necessario una connessione WIFI Per stabilire questo collegamento toccate l icona WIFI sulla schermata d avvio o aprite le impostazioni WIFI dalle impostazioni Nota Consideri che una rete WLAN deve trovarsi nel raggio della Sua posizione attuale Connessione automatica Aprite le impostazioni WIFI tramite l icona WIFI o le impostazioni Qui potete semplicemente attivare o disattivare la funzione WIFI Spostate l interruttore virtuale nella posizione on verso sinistra per disattivare la funzione WIFI La schermata passer a off Per riattivare la funzione WIFI disattivata spostare semplicemente l interruttore virtuale verso destra Settings WIRELESS amp NETWORKS Wi Fi Nelle impostazioni WIFI vengono visualizzate a destra tutte le reti disponibili e tutte le reti gi utilizzate Tocchi la rete desiderata e inserisca eventualmente la chiave WLAN password corretta per stabilire una connessione Settings WIRELESS amp NETWORKS Wi Fi WL INT Connected 4 Data usage WH INT1 More Secured with WPA2 Confermate l eventuale password inserita premendo il tasto Enter e premete Collega Dopo breve tempo la connessione stabilita Nota a Se l apparecchio passa nella modalit standby la WLAN viene disattivata automaticamente Questo riduce il consumo di corrente e contribuisce cosi ad una dur
327. right disclaimer for the program if necessary Here is a sample alter the names Yoyodyne Inc hereby disclaims all copyright interest in the program Gnomovision which makes passes at compilers written by James Hacker signature of Ty Coon 1 April 1989 Ty Coon President of Vice IT 29 Intenso GmbH Data 12 luglio 2013 Dichiarazione di conformita Noi la Intenso GmbH con sede in Diepholzer Str 15 a 49377 Vechta Deutschland dichiariamo su nostra responsabilita che il prodotto Modello 10 1 TAB 1004 articolo n 5511860 Descrizione Tablet computer conforme alle seguenti direttive norme Direttiva R amp TTE 1999 5 EG e EN 301 489 1 V1 9 2 e EN 301 489 17 V2 1 1 e EN 300 328 V1 7 1 2006 10 EN 55022 2010 Class B EN 55024 2010 EN 61000 3 2 2006 A1 2009 A2 2009 Class D 61000 3 3 2008 Direttiva Bassa Tensione 2006 95 EG EN 60950 1 2006 A11 2009 A1 2010 A12 2011 A12 correzione 2012 Direttiva Ecodesign 2009 125 EG e 1275 2008 e 278 2009 Direttiva ROHS 2011 65 EU La documentazione tecnica riferita all apparecchio sopra citato stata depositata presso il seguente luogo Intenso GmbH Diepholzer Str 15 49377 Vechta Deutschland Persona autorizzata f j IT 30 Mode d emploi TAB 1004 Merci d avoir choisi TAB1004 Suivez ces instructions pour conna tre les fonctions cl s de l appareil 1 Contenu COQ A ERGO GR GRE 1 2 Bla QU AP ES ee 2
328. rom this account by default 3 You can set up your e mail account manually as well Enter your e mail address and associated password and then tap on Manual Setup to enter the e mail server information 4 Choose from the server types POP3 IMAP or Exchange for incoming e mails Note If you do not know what settings you need to make please contact your e mail provider your network administrator or search terms such as POP address and name of your provider for the required information on the Internet TI Kontotyp EN 13 5 Enter the required information server port etc 6 Select the server type for outgoing e mails and enter the required information 7 Tap Next to continue in the menu The e mail application will check the server settings made After successful set up you will see the message Your account is set up and email is on its way Your account is now set up 8 Enter a name for your mailbox then tap Done to complete the process Note If you have more than one email account each time you start the e mail application the default account is called up Managing email accounts Adding a new mailbox 1 Open the email application and tap the menu key m to display additional options Select the menu item Settings and subsequently Add account to create a new mailbox 2 Follow the instructions of the Setup Wizard to create a new mailbox Deleting a mailbox 1 Op
329. rungen durch um einen m glichen Datenverlust zu vermeiden Wir sind nicht haftbar f r einen eventuellen Datenverlust o Trennen Sie die Verbindung nicht wenn Daten bertragen werden oder das Ger t formatiert wird Dies kann zu Datenverlust f hren o Bilder und Filme k nnen durch Rechte Dritter gesch tzt sein Das Abspielen ohne Lizenz kann Copyright Rechte verletzen o Vermeiden Sie das Benutzen in stark magnetisierten Feldern o Sch tzen Sie das Ger t vor N sse Wenn Feuchtigkeit in das Ger t eintritt schalten Sie es bitte unverz glich aus danach s ubern und trocknen Sie bitte das Ger t o Verwenden Sie bitte keine chemischen L sungen um das Ger t zu s ubern Hier bitte nur ein trockenes Tuch verwenden o Keine offenen Flammen beispielsweise angez ndete Kerzen in die Nahe oder auf dem Ger t platzieren o Wir sind nicht haftbar fur Schaden bei einer Fehlfunktion fur Datenverlust fehlerhafter Handhabung eigenh ndiger Reparatur des Ger ts oder Wechseln des Akkus o Sollte das Gerat einmal nicht auf Ihre Eingaben reagieren benutzen Sie bitte den Reset Knopf auf der R ckseite des Gerates um es neu zu starten o Bei Nichtverwendung trennen Sie bitte das Netzteil von der Stromversorgung o Die Steckdose muss sich in der Nahe des Ger tes befinden und leicht zug nglich sein Betreiben Sie den Netzadapter nur an geerdeten Steckdosen mit AC 100 240V 50 60 HZ Wenn Sie sich der Stromversorgung am Aufstellung
330. s exercise of the rights granted herein You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License 7 as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason not limited to patent issues conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all For example if a patent license would not permit royalty free redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous c
331. s License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program or with a work based on the Program on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You may copy and distribute the Program or a work based on it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following a Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or b Accompany it with a written offer valid for at least three years to give any third party for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution a complete machine re
332. s Video Icon im Startbildschirm oder der Anwendungsubersicht um die Videowiedergabe zu ffnen Es werden Ihnen nun die Videodateien in einer Liste angezeigt Wahlen Sie die gew nschte Datei durch kurzes Antippen und das Video startet Wiedergabebildschirm Lautst rke verringern Zeitleiste Lautst rke erh hen Lesezeichen setzen Helligkeit des Displays anpassen Vorheriges Video Zur ckspulen Wiedergabe Pause N chstes Video Vorspulen Darstellungsformat ndern 10 Zurtick 11 Video Einstellungen e Tippen Sie auf gt die Wiedergabe zu starten Tippen Sie auf EM um die Wiedergabe zu unterbrechen e Tippen Sie auf um die Video Einstellungen aufzurufen e Tippen Sie auf eine Stelle der Zeitleiste um das Video direkt an dieser Stelle fortzusetzen e Tippen Sie auf die Lautsprecher Symbole oder dr cken Sie die Lautst rke Tasten an der Seite des Ger tes 1 um die Lautst rke anzupassen e Tippen Sie auf um an der aktuellen Stelle ein Lesezeichen zu speichern Es kann jeweils nur ein Lesezeichen gespeichert werden Wenn Sie ein neues Lesezeichen setzen wird das alte Lesezeichen berschrieben Wenn Sie ein Video starten welchem bereits ein Lesezeichen hinzugef gt wurde werden Sie am Start der Wiedergabe gefragt ob Sie das Video von Beginn an starten oder am gesetzten Lesezeichen fortsetzen m chten W hlen Sie Play from Beginning um das Video von Beginn a
333. s Widgets dispon veis no aparelho Para adicionar um Widgets na tela principal proceda exatamente como para adicionar um icone Para modificar a imagem de fundo toque sobre um espaco livre da tela inicial e segure com o dedo at aparecer sobre o display o menu de imagens de fundo para escolher uma nova imagem PT 9 Utilizar diversos ecras iniciais E possivel adaptar individualmente escolhendo entre as cinco telas principais disponiveis Um simples movimento de arrastar com dedo para esquerda ou direita poder mudar de uma para outra Prima a tecla Home para voltar automaticamente ao ecr inicial central Aplica es pr instaladas no ecr inicial A Atalho para Pesquisa Google B Lista das aplica es C Rel gio anal gico D Galeria de fotos E Aplica es na tela principal F Acesso r pido a m sica G Barra de tarefas voltar home recente programas utilizados rel gio Wi Fi n vel da bateria PT 10 a Barra de pesquisa para a pesquisa no Google Q Google Toque suavemente sobre a Lupa para abrir as func es de pesquisa do Google Digite termo desejado no teclado virtual clique Vai Os resultados de busca do Google aparecer Dica Se movimentar rapido para cima ou para baixo e retirar a seguir o dedo do ecra tactil aparelho desloca se rapidamente pela lista Isto valido para todas as visualizagoes que sejam maiores do que o ecra We Th ire y
334. s may redistribute the program under these conditions and telling the user how to view a copy of this License Exception if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program or with a work based on the Program on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You may copy and distribute the Program or a work based on it under Section 2 in object code or execut
335. s pelos diversos int rpretes Ms Apresenta todos os ficheiros de m sica ordenados pelos lbuns Playlists Apresenta a playlist criada 6 A reproduzir Salta directamente para a musica a reproduzir Seleccione o ficheiro pretendido ao tocar brevemente no nome para iniciar a reproducao da musica Titulo Apresenta todos os ficheiros de musica ordenados pelos titulos 18 Ecra de reproducao EF EM 1 A reproduzir The Mameny Novas 2 Activar desactivar reprodu o aleat ria 3 Op es de repeti o a Repetir todos os t tulos b Repetir titulo actual C Repeti o desactivada Detalhe de t tulo T tulo seguinte anterior Play Pausa Barra de tempo MERA 4 5 6 7 gt gt gt e Toque no s mbolo da pausa para parar a reprodu o e Para continuar a reprodu o toque no s mbolo Play e Toque no s mbolo para avan ar ou retroceder y bi para reproduzir o t tulo anterior ou o seguinte e Toque na posi o na barra de tempo para continuar a reprodu o directamente a partir dai e Utilize os botoes do volume ao lado do seu aparelho para ajustar o volume e abrir a previs o da lista de reprodu o actual toque no s mbolo da reprodu o a Toque num t tulo para o reproduzir directamente e Para alterar o modo de repeti o toque no respectivo s mbolo el e Para aceder ecr o inicial toque brevemente na tecla Home a A repro
336. s une autre couleur Tapez sur l ic ne Editeur pour effectuer l action souhait e FR 23 14 Gestionnaire des taches Cet appareil est capable de multitache Ainsi vous pouvez ouvrir dans le m me temps plusieurs applications simultan ment Par exemple vous pouvez couter de la musique et dans le m me temps surfer sur Internet ou visualiser des images Il peut arriver ventuellement qu un nombre d applications trop important fonctionne simultan ment en arriere plan Dans ce cas veuillez ouvrir Task Killer et mettez fin aux applications dont vous n avez pas besoin ce moment 1 Ouvrez l application Task Killer 2 S lectionnez les applications dont vous n avez besoin actuellement vallable Memory 94 00M KILL selected apps A Task Killer Browser m Calendar Calendar Storage Download Manager Google Services Framework J Launcher My Uploads Service Search Search AppliCations Provider 3 Pour confirmer votre selection veuillez taper brievement sur l ic ne Kill selected apps Available Memory 94 00M KILL selected apps 15 Conditions de garantie limitee La garantie couvre uniquement le remplacement de ce produit Intenso La garantie ne couvre pas I usure normale r sultant d une mauvaise d une inappropriee d une n gligence d un accident d une incompatibilit ou d une mauvaise performance d un mat riel i
337. sca il Suo indirizzo e mail e la relativa password quindi tocchi infine Setup manuale per registrare le informazioni sul server dell account IT 13 4 Selezioni il tipo di server POP3 IMAP Exchange per ricevere le e mails Nota Se non sa come configurare le impostazioni contatti il gestore del Suo account il Suo amministratore di rete oppure cerchi in internet le relative informazioni necessarie indicando termini come Indirizzo e Nome del mio provider 5 Inserisca le informazioni necessarie server porta ecc 6 Selezioni il tipo di server per inviare le e mails e inserisca le informazioni necessarie 7 Tocchi Avanti per procedere nel men L applicazione dell e mail verificher le impostazioni del server dell account Dopo aver portato a buon fine la configurazione visualizzerete il messaggio Your account is set up and email is on its way Il Suo account ora configurato 8 Dia un nome alla Sua casella di posta e tocchi Finito per concludere la procedura Nota Se dovesse possedere pi di un account ad ogni avvio dell applicazione dell e mail verr aperto l account predefinito Gestione degli account e mail Aggiungere una nuova casella di posta 1 Aprire l applicazione E mail e toccare il tasto di menu O per visualizzare le altre opzioni Selezionare la voce di menu Impostazioni e poi Aggiungi account per creare una nuova casella di posta 2 Se
338. se it when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty or else saying that you provide a warranty and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions and telling the user how to view a copy of this License Exception if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it Thus it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you rather the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program In addition mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program or
339. sort nicht sicher sind fragen Sie beim betreffenden Energieversorger nach DE 2 Benutzen Sie nur das beiliegende Netzadapter und Netzanschlusskabel Um die Stromversorgung zu Ihrem Ger t zu unterbrechen ziehen Sie das Netzteil aus der Steckdose Halten Sie beim Abziehen immer das Netzteil selbst fest Ziehen Sie nie an der Leitung ffnen Sie nicht das Geh use des Netzadapters Bei ge ffnetem Geh use besteht Lebensgefahr durch elektrischen Schlag Es enth lt keine zu wartenden Teile Bei l ngerer Nichtverwendung entl dt sich der Akku des Ger tes langsam Vor der Wiederverwendung muss dieser erneut aufgeladen werden Bitte beachten Sie die umweltgerechte Entsorgung des Ger tes oder des Akkus Bitte zerlegen Sie das Ger t nicht in Einzelteile und versuchen Sie bitte nicht es selbst zu reparieren da die Garantie in diesem Fall erlischt Nutzen Sie das Ger t nicht an Orten wo die Nutzung von Mobilger ten verboten ist Nutzen Sie das Ger t nicht in der N he anderer elektronischer Ger te da es durch die Hochfrequenzsignale zu St rungen kommen kann Nutzen Sie das Ger t nicht in der N he eines Schrittmachers in einem Krankenhaus oder in der N he medizinischer Ger te da es durch die Hochfrequenzsignale zu St rungen kommen kann Halten Sie mindestens 15cm Abstand von einem Schrittmacher Wenden Sie sich bitte an den Hersteller dieser Ger te um Informationen ber die gemeinsame Nutzung zu erhalten Bitte beach
340. stating that you changed the files and the date of any change b You must cause any work that you distribute or publish that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License c If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run you must cause it when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty or else saying that you provide a warranty and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions and telling the user how to view a copy of this License Exception if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves then this License and its terms do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole and t
341. sto per cancellare c Apertura del men per inserire numeri lettere e caratteri speciali d Barra spaziatrice inserimento di uno spazio Vai Conferma dell inserimento Inserimento di caratteri speciali Per inserire un carattere speciale come per esempio toccare a lungo col dito il tasto a per richiamare mi il menu dei segni speciali Ora col dito trascinare il segno speciale che si desidera per esempio a e staccare di nuovo il dito dal display stata inserita una a Intenso GmbH lt http www intenso de Produkte Firmenprofil Support Kontakt Karriere Presse Le IT 17 Utilizzo del browser internet e far scorrere la visualizzazione sul display eseguendo un movimento di sfioramento in verticale con il dito Non inizi il movimento da un punto del menu o da un link altrimenti verra aperto il collegamento presente e Per aprire un link tocchi semplicemente il link La nuova pagina si aprir automaticamente e Per aprire il menu Web Browser il tasto menu Qui sono disponibili diverse funzioni Fra le altre cose qui Si aggiornare il sito web aperto un nuovo tab rendere leggibili i siti web offline oppure passare alle Impostazioni del Web Browser e Per tornare indietro alla pagina precedente prema il tasto Indietro lt e Per tornare indietro direttamente alla schermata iniziale prema il tasto Home e Per inserire un
342. strees FR 20 Apercu des parametres Ici vous pouvez r gler les parametres WiFi WiFi amp R seaux 7 n a E 7 Plus Ici vous pouvez r gler des parametres r seau suppl mentaires Sp cifiez le volume d sir et le son pour les messages ici Vous pouvez aussi activer ou d sactiver un son de confirmation lorsque vous touchez l cran et un son indicatif lors du d verrouillage de la serrure d affichage Affchage Luminosite R gler la luminosit de I cran Fond d cran Selection du fond d cran Rotation d cran autom Activation ou la d sactivation de l alignement automatique de l affichage lors de la rotation l appareil Mode veille state R glez le d lai avant la d sactivation automatique de l affichage M Taille de la police configuration de la taille de police souhait e Peripherique gi a Activez ou d sactivez la fonction HDMI modifiez la r solution et ajustez le zoom Ici vous pouvez obtenir des informations sur la m moire interne et si elle est ins r e sur votre carte MicroSD Vous pouvez aussi supprimer le contenu de la m moire Batterie Ici vous pouvez obtenir des informations sur l tat de charge des batteries int gr es ci vous pouvez g rer les applications install es et d obtenir des renseignements a leur sujet Localisation de Ici vous pouvez autoriser plusieurs applications Android pour d terminer services et utilisez la position a
343. stricted and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program independent of having been made by running the Program Whether that is true depends on what the Program does 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program s source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Program and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions a You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change b You must cause any work that you distribute or publish that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License c If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when
344. t EN 17 Playback Screen Volume Down Timeline Volume Up Set bookmark Adjust the display brightness Previous Video Rewind Play Pause Next video Fast forward OANDOUAWNPDE Change presentation format 10 Back 11 Video settings e Tap Do start playback to pause playback e Tap EB io display the video settings Tap aspot on the timeline to continue the video directly at this point e Press the volume keys on the side of the device to adjust the volume Tap M to save a bookmark atthe current position Only one bookmark can be stored If you set a new bookmark the old bookmark will be overwritten e lf you start a video that already has a bookmark you will be asked at the start of Play whether you wish to start the video from the beginning or continue at the set bookmark Select Play from beginning to play the video from the beginning or Play from bookmark to continue the video at the set bookmark e Todelete a bookmark tap EEE and the video settings are displayed Now select Delete bookmark The bookmark is removed e Tap Ed to adjust the brightness of the display the forward or backward icon 4 to play the previous or next video e Tap Ed to customize the display format of the video full screen original 16 9 4 3 Select BJ to stop the current playback and go to the video overview f Music Music Widget With this widget you can start interrupt co
345. t gr 4 Contenu de I emballage Veuillez v rifier l int gralit du contenu de l emballage TAB 1004 Casque st r o Cable USB Adaptateur secteur 12V 2 0A Manuel d utilisation FR 4 5 Chargement de la batterie Veuillez charger la batterie compl tement avant la premiere utilisation de l appareil Pour cela connectez l adaptateur secteur fourni l appareil et une prise de courant La charge complete environ 5 heures L tat de charge est affich sur le c t avant droit de l appareil La LED est rouge pendant la charge et passe au jaune lorsque la batterie est compl tement charg e Remarques a A15 de la puissance r siduelle de la batterie vous obtenez un message d avertissement sur l cran Vous devriez maintenant connecter l appareil au secteur avec une prise pour charger la batterie afin d viter d ventuelles pertes de donn es et augmenter la dur e de vie de la batterie b Vous pouvez utiliser l appareil pendant le chargement de la batterie Pour garantir la batterie une longue dur e de vie nous vous demandons de ne pas utiliser l appareil Pour assurer une bonne performance la batterie int gr e doit tre utilis e fr quemment Si vous n utilisez l appareil que rarement veuillez recharger la batterie compl tement au moins une fois par mois d Assurez vous de n utiliser que l adaptateur secteur fourni pour le chargement 6 Utilisation d une carte Micro SD SDHC Ce
346. t appareil peut lire des donn es directement a partir d une carte micro SD SDHC d une capacit maximale de 32 GB Pour utiliser une carte micro SD SDHC veuillez ins rer la carte dans le port micro SD pr vu cet effet situ sur le c t gauche de Utilisez l explorateur pr install pour acc der aux donn es se trouvant sur la carte m moire Pour ce faire veuillez s lectionner le dossier Carte SD dans l explorateur 7 Transmission de donn es entre l appareil et un ordinateur 1 Branchez l appareil un ordinateur en utilisant le c ble USB ci joint Si l appareil n avait pas t mis en marche auparavant il d marre maintenant automatiquement Cela peut prendre un moment parce que le syst me d exploitation doit d abord tre mis sous tension Si l appareil tait d j allum l ordinateur devrait le d tecter automatiquement en quelques secondes 2 L cran pour la connexion USB s affiche pr sent sur Tapez bri vement sur Activer la m moire USB L appareil est reconnu comme support de donn es amovible et vous obtenez l information m moire USB en utilisation Apr s avoir bri vement tap sur la touche Accueil vous pouvez continuer utiliser votre appareil normalement Vous avez maintenant acc s aux donn es internes de votre appareil depuis votre ordinateur et vous pouvez copier supprimer ou d placer des donn es sur l appareil Si une connexion USB avec l ord
347. t sur l cran ou le bo tier 18 Entretien de l appareil Essuyez d licatement le bo tier le cadre et l cran avec un chiffon doux non pelucheux et sans produit chimique N utiliser que des d tergents sp cialement con us pour les crans 19 limination des vieux quipements lectroniques Les quipements marqu s avec ce symbole sont soumis la directive europ enne 2002 96 EC Tous les appareils lectriques et les d chets d quipement lectroniques et lectriques doivent tre limin s s par ment des ordures m nag res en utilisant les lieux pr vus par l tat cet effet Eviter d endommager l environnement en liminant les vieux quipements lectroniques Intenso 49377 Vechta Germany www intenso de FR 25 20 Licence information Notice of GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE and LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENCE Dear Customer If interested you and any third party can download the source code of used GPL LGPL from Intenso Webpage hitp www intenso de The source code of the desired product is available to anyone on the selection of valid product category and the desired device In the product details you will find the entry drivers Open this menu to download the corresponding GPL LGPL code For a fee of 35 delivery to another country as Germany it is also possible to obtain this code by postal delivery More information about the GPL LGPL Licence can you find on following w
348. tails you will find the entry drivers Open this menu to download the corresponding GPL LGPL code For a fee of 35 delivery to another country as Germany it is also possible to obtain this code by postal delivery More information about the GPL LGPL Licence can you find on following website www gnu org GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed Preamble The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software to make sure the software is free for all its users This General Public License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation s software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can
349. ted bb Calendar Tip shortly on this icon to get a calendar overview To be able to manage appointments and reminders you have to synchronise your existing Google calendar or set a new Google calendar If you have not installed the Google account on your device yet simply follow the instructions of the set up assistant during first use of the calendar or open the calendar settings after that There you have to select Add account and the setup assistant will appear cc Reading Office Documents The application Office Suite for reading Office documents has been pre installed in this device You can read Word Excel or PowerPoint files Copy the desired Office files to the device Open the application Office Suite Navigate using the Explorer to the desired file Select the desired file with a short tap and swipe your finger vertically or horizontally across the screen to scroll between pages Briefly tap the menu button to open more options You can for example search for a certain text or count words PP This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file This is a test file EN 15 dd AndroidPIT App The AndroidPIT App is already installed on the device Here you will find various apps reviews a blog and a forum For further inf
350. ten Dateien zu ffnen 4 Folgen Sie den auf dem Display erscheinenden Installationsanweisungen um die Anwendung zu installieren 5 Nach erfolgreicher Installation finden Sie die neue Anwendung im Anwendungsmen Deinstallation von Anwendungen 1 ffnen Sie bitte die System Einstellungen durch kurzes Tippen auf das Einstellungen Icon in der Anwendungs bersicht 2 Tippen Sie jetzt kurz auf den Men punkt Apps um in die Anwendungseinstellungen zu gelangen 3 W hlen Sie zwischen den Men oberpunkten Heruntergeladen USB Speicher Aktiv und Alle die gew nschte Anwendungs bersicht durch kurzes Tippen aus 4 W hlen Sie als n chstes durch kurzes Tippen die Anwendung aus die Sie deinstallieren m chten 5 Tippen Sie nun auf Deinstallieren und best tigen Sie Ihre Eingabe mit OK um die Anwendung vom Ger t zu deinstallieren Hinweis Sie k nnen vorinstallierte Software nicht l schen DE 23 13 Datei Explorer ffnen Sie die Anwendungs bersicht und tippen Sie anschlie end kurz auf das Explorer Icon um den Datei Explorer zu starten Durch Dateien und Ordner navigieren Ihnen stehen der interne Speicher internal Memory die Speicherkarte SD Card und USB zur Auswahl Tippen Sie auf den gew nschten Speicherort um die darauf enthaltenen Dateien als Liste angezeigt zu bekommen Sollte keine Speicherkarte eingesetzt oder kein Speichermedium ber den USB Anschluss verbunden sein wird Ihnen d
351. ten Sie dass eine dauerhaft hohe Lautst rke zu bleibenden H rschaden f hren kann Um ein m gliches Gesundheitsrisiko durch zu hohe Lautst rke zu vermeiden empfehlen wir Ihnen nur die beigef gten Kopfh rer zu verwenden Aus Gr nden der Verkehrssicherheit darf das Ger t w hrend der Fahrt nicht vom Fahrzeugf hrer selbst bedient werden DE 3 3 Gerateuberblick 18 10 11 Ein Aus Taste Lange dr cken um 6 3 5mm Kopfh rerbuchse das Ger t auszuschalten kurz 7 Micro USB Buchse dr cken um das Display aus dem 8 HDMI ivi 9 DC 12V 2A Eingang 2 zen 10 Micro SD Kartenslot 11 Integriertes Mikrofon 12 Display 13 Lautsprecher Ladeindikator Rot w hrend des Ladevorgangs Gelb wenn vollst ndig geladen Front Kamera R ckseitige Kamera 4 Packungsinhalt Bitte berpr fen Sie den Packungsinhalt auf Vollst ndigkeit TAB 1004 Stereo Kopfh rer USB Kabel Netzteil 12V 2 0A Bedienungsanleitung DE 4 5 Laden des Akkus Bitte laden Sie den Akku des Ger tes vor der ersten Benutzung vollstandig auf Verbinden Sie dazu das beiliegende Netzteil mit dem Gerat und einer Steckdose Das vollstandige Laden dauert ca 5 Stunden Der Ladezustand wird an der vorderen linken Seite des Gerats angezeigt Die LED leuchtet w hrend des Aufl
352. tended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 9 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program does not specify a version number of this License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 10 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software F
353. testo tocchi il campo corrispondente e utilizzi la tastiera virtuale per inserire il testo Nota Per questa funzione necessario un collegamento WLAN ad internet ff Libro elettronico e book Sfiori il simbolo del libro elettronico e book per visualizzare il Suo scaffale dei libri Per Puso i libri elettronici devono essere salvati in formati supportati dall apparecchio Per salvare i file sull apparecchio segua le istruzioni contenute nel rispettivo paragrafo di questo manuale d uso gg Videocamera Sfiori brevemente l icona della videocamera per avviare la funzione della videocamera diversi simboli per modificare le impostazioni della videocamera per modificare la videocamera fare lo zoom e passare dalla funzione foto e video e viceversa hh Video Tocchi brevemente l icona del Video nella schermata iniziale o nel quadro generale delle applicazioni per aprire la riproduzione video Vengono visualizzati ora i files video in una lista Selezioni il file desiderato toccando brevemente e il video inizier Schermata di riproduzione Abbassare il volume Barra di avanzamento Aumentare il volume Mettere un segnalibro Regolare la luminosit del display nm BRR Video precedente tornare indietro 7 Riproduzione pausa 8 Video successivo mandare avanti 9 Modificare il formato di visualizzazione IT 18 e Tocchi per iniziare la riproduzione Tocchi M per interrompere la riproduzione
354. th the Program or with a work based on the Program on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You may copy and distribute the Program or a work based on it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following a Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or b Accompany it with a written offer valid for at least three years to give any third party for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution a complete machine readable copy of the corresponding source code to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or c Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer in accord with Subsection b above The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For an executable work complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files p
355. th the Program or with a work based on the Program on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License 3 You may copy and distribute the Program or a work based on it under Section 2 in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following a Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine readable source code which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or b Accompany it with a written offer valid for at least three years to give any third party for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution a complete machine readable copy of the corresponding source code to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange or c Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer in accord with Subsection b above The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it For an executable work complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains plus any associated interface definition files p
356. the image is automatically enlarged and by double tapping again displayed in its original size EN 12 By briefly tapping the touchscreen additional functions are available Tap the Menu icon in to get additional options 2 Here you can start a slide show edit rotate and cut the image set CS musa it as background a view the image details Ros Rotate right Tap the dustbin icon to delete the selected image P_i Tap the sharing icon in order to send the image for instance m j RM 4 s via email Pe EE PET 4 lt Pre installed applications on the home screen Here you will find an assortment of the applications which have already been preinstalled aa Sending Receiving E Mails An e mail application is pre installed in this device You can use your existing e mail address to send and receive e mails Note For this function a wireless Internet connection is required Open the application with the Email icon which is found on the application menu Setting up your e mail box 1 Start the e mail application by tapping on the Email icon You are now prompted to set up your e mail account 2 Enter your e mail address and the corresponding password and then tap Next Then name your account and fix the name that will be displayed on outgoing messages Tap Done to complete the set up Your e mail mailbox is selected as the default mailbox if you select the option Send e mails f
357. the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program independent of having been made by running the Program Whether that is true depends on what the Program does 1 You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program s source code as you receive it in any ES 25 medium provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee 2 You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it thus forming a work based on the Program and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of Section 1 above provided that you also meet all of these conditions a You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change b You must cause any work that you distribute or publish that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License c If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when
358. their rights We protect your rights with two steps 1 copyright the software and 2 offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the software Also for each author s protection and ours we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software If the software is modified by someone else and passed on we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors reputations Finally any free program is threatened constantly by software patents We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses in effect making the program proprietary To prevent this we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone s free use or not licensed at all The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0 This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License The Program below refers to any such program or work and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either ver
359. thors commit to using it Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for this service if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs and that you know you can do these things To protect your rights we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must give the recipients all the rights that you have You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know their rights We protect your rights with two steps 1 copyright the software and 2 offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the software Also for each author s protection and ours we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software If the software is modified b
360. ti vengono trasmessi viene formattato Potrebbe verificarsi la perdita dei dati o Immagini e video possono essere protetti da diritti di terzi La loro esecuzione senza licenza violare diritti di copyright Evitare l utilizzo in presenza di forti campi magnetici e Proteggere l apparecchio dall acqua Se dell umidit penetrasse nell apparecchio spegnerlo immediatamente quindi pulirlo e asciugarlo o Non utilizzare soluzioni chimiche per pulire l apparecchio Utilizzare solo un panno asciutto e Non collocare in prossimita dell apparecchio fiamme aperte ad esempio candele accese o Non siamo responsabili per danni causati da un malfunzionamento per perdita di dati utilizzo improprio riparazione per conto proprio dell apparecchio o sostituzione della batteria e Se non dovesse ai comandi utilizzare il pulsante reset sul retro dell apparecchio per riavviarlo e Se non viene utilizzato staccare l alimentatore della corrente e La presa deve trovarsi nei pressi dell apparecchio ed essere facilmente accessibile Utilizzare l adattatore solo con prese con messa a terra da AC 100 240V 50 60 Hz In caso d insicurezza riguardo l alimentazione di corrente presso la collocazione dell apparecchio informarsi presso il fornitore d energia in questione Utilizzare solo il cavo dell adattatore e di rete in fornitura Per int
361. tigen Sie das gegebenenfalls eingegebene Passwort durch tippen auf die Enter Taste und tippen Sie nun auf Verbinden Nach einem kurzen Moment ist die Verbindung hergestellt Hinweise a Wenn das Ger t in den Standby Modus wechselt wird WLAN automatisch deaktiviert Dies verringert den Stromverbrauch und f hrt so automatisch zu einer l ngeren Akkulaufzeit Wenn das Ger t wieder in den aktiven Modus wechselt wird automatisch die WLAN Verbindung wiederhergestellt Dies kann einige Sekunden dauern b Die Liste der aktuell auffindbaren WLAN Netzwerke wird automatisch aktualisiert c Wenn die WLAN Funktion aktiviert ist verbindet sich das Ger t automatisch mit einem bereits konfigurierten Netzwerk sofern es sich in Reichweite befindet d Wenn sich ein unbekanntes WLAN Netzwerk in Reichweite befindet wird ein Informationsfeld eingeblendet DE 7 Manuelle Verbindung Um manuell nach einem erreichbaren WLAN Netz zu suchen gehen Sie bitte wie folgt vor 1 Offnen Sie die Einstellungen 2 Offnen Sie jetzt die WLAN Einstellungen und tippen Sie auf Scannen 3 Sollte das WLAN Netz nicht in der Liste der verfugbaren Netzwerke erscheinen wahlen Sie den Punkt Netzwerk hinzuf gen aus um von Hand die Netzwerk SSID das Sicherheitsprotokoll und das gegebenenfalls zugeh rige Passwort einzugeben Zur Bestatigung Eingaben tippen Sie bitte auf Speichern 10 Der Startbildschirm Ansicht Entsperren des Dis
362. tion with your finger Please do not start the sweeping motion on a menu item or link because otherwise the existing link will open e To open an Internet link simply tap on the link The new page will open automatically Press the menu key to open the web browser menu Here multiple functions are provided Among other things you can refresh the opened website here open a new tab make offline websites readable or switch to the web browser settings e To return to the previous page please press the back button lt e Togo directly back to home screen press the home button ol e To enter a text tap the appropriate field and use the virtual keyboard for entering the text Note For this function a wireless Internet connection is required ff E Book Tip on the E book symbol to display your book shelf To use this function e books must be saved on the device in a supported format To save files on the device follow the instructions in the respective paragraph of this manual of use gg Camera Tip shortly on the camera icon to start the camera You can find different symbols to modify the settings of the camera to change camera to zoom and to move from photo to video function and vice versa hh Video Tap briefly on the Video icon in the home screen or the applications overview to open the video playback It will now display the video files in a list Select the desired file by briefly tapping and the video will star
363. to desde esta conta 3 Tamb m pode instalar a sua conta de email manualmente Insira o seu endere o de email e a respectiva palavra passe e toque em Configura o manual para inserir as informa es do servidor de email 4 Seleccione um dos tipos de servidores POP3 IMAP ou Exchange para a recep o de emails Nota Se n o tiver a certeza quais as configura es a efectuar contacte os fornecedores de servi os de email o seu administrador de rede ou pesquise na internet por palavras chave tais como endere o POP e do seu fornecedor de servi os para obter as informa es requeridas 5 Insira as informa es requeridas servidor porta etc 6 Seleccione o tipo de servidor para emails a enviar e insira as informa es requeridas 7 Toque em continuar para continuar com o menu A aplica o de email verifica ent o as configura es do servidor efectuadas Conclu da com sucesso a instala o visualiza se a mensagem Your account is set up and email is on its way A sua conta est configurada 8 Insira um nome para a sua conta e toque em terminar para concluir o processo Nota Caso possua mais de uma conta de email ter acesso conta geral sempre que iniciar a aplica o de email PT 13 Gerenciando uma conta E mail Adicionando uma nova conta 1 Abra a aplica o de E Mail e clique sobre a tecla menu O para mostrar outras op es Escolha c
364. tribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 9 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program does not specify a version number of this License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation 10 If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different write to the author to ask for permission For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation write to the Free Software Foundation we sometimes make exceptions for this Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally NO WARRANTY 11 BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE THERE IS
365. tro dell apparecchio LED s illumina di rosso durante la ricarica e diventa giallo quando la batteria completamente carica Nota a Quando la carica rimasta della batteria raggiunge il 15 ricever un avviso sul display Dovrebbe quindi ricaricare la batteria tramite il trasformatore inserito in una presa al fine di evitare la perdita di dati e aumentare la durata della batteria b utilizzare l apparecchio mentre la batteria viene ricaricata Per garantire una lunga durata della batteria opportuno non utilizzare l apparecchio nel frattempo c Per garantire una buona performance la batteria incorporata dev essere utilizzata spesso Se utilizza solo raramente l apparecchio carichi completamente la batteria minimo una volta al mese Si assicuri di utilizzare solo il trasformatore dotato in fornitura per il caricamento 6 Utilizzo di una scheda Micro SD SDHC Questo dispositivo pu leggere dati direttamente da una scheda micro SD SDHC con una capacit massima di 32 GB Per utilizzare una scheda micro SD SDHC inserire la scheda nello slot apposito sul lato sinistro del dispositivo Utilizzare l Explorer preinstallato per accedere ai dati presenti sulla scheda di memoria Selezionare quindi nell Explorer la cartella SD Card 7 Trasmissione di dati tra l apparecchio e un computer 1 Collegare l apparecchio con l aiuto del cavo USB allegato con un computer Se l apparecchio non dovesse essere gi acceso si
366. tronic Equipment 24 20 Licenceinformation about Gi EGP 25 EC Declaration fonometro 29 This manual may not contain all the features of your device For the use of third party applications please contact the respective manufacturer Please note that all details can be modified without previous announcement Current information be found at www intenso de Trademarks Google the Google logo and Android are trademarks of Google All other product or service names are the property of their respective owners 2 Notes o Avoid hard impacis to the device Do not place it on inclined surfaces to prevent the device from falling down o Do not use the device in extremely cold hot humid or dusty areas also do not expose to direct sunlight o Do not use it on sandy places o Do not use it in hazardous environments such as fuelling pumps at petrol stations o Avoid using it on cushions sofas or other objects that foster heat generation due to the risk of overheating o Perform frequent data backups to avoid potential data loss We are not liable for any loss of data o Do not disconnect when data is being transferred or the device formatted This can cause data loss o Images and movies can be protected by third party rights Playing without a license can violate copyrights o Avoid use in highly magnetic fields o Protect the unit ffom moisture Should
367. tructions in order to be informed about the key functions of the device 1 Contents OOO rina 1 o A o D 2 A Mitac lian 4 4 Package Content ee A Ai 4 5 Charding the DEMON fo une 5 63 USING a Micro SD SDHG CANO eer ein reelle 5 7 Transfer of Data between Device and Computer 5 8 UG NS CN Ct 6 CRA 7 Automate connect A an 7 edge Esopo AAA eerie o PR eaea ee 7 10 CR ia 8 VIC ARR o a a E 8 Unloeking Mo SCOR RE a e e ES 8 CE RR AA 9 Adjusting THE Main Sinni AA A AA 9 Using several home SOUS nine 10 Pre installed applications and widgets on the home screen sise 10 a search bar for Google M search RA E ED GR 11 B Applications DVEIVIEW ee ee een a it NEE 11 ABPBICaHONE OVENVIEW soin ere URDU RE RR A ONA 11 ee ee ee O 12 d Gallery Photo gallery Widget NENA 12 e Pre installed applications on the home screen iii 13 aa Sending Receiving EM r 13 Setting up your e mail OG 13 Managing Gna E E E E EA 14 VIEWING era MESSAGES abo ana AK A
368. uellen Wiedergabe W hlen Sie durch kurzes Tippen auf den Namen die gew nschte Datei und die Musikwiedergabe startet Wiedergabebildschirm The Mammy Novas 1 Aktuelle Wiedergabe 2 Zufallswiedergabe aktivieren deaktivieren 3 Wiederholungsoptionen a Alle Titel werden wiederholt b Aktueller Titel wird wiederholt Wiederholung ist deaktiviert 4 Titeldetails 5 Nachster Vorheriger Titel 6 Play Pause 7 Zeitleiste e Tippen Sie auf das Pause Symbol um die Wiedergabe anzuhalten e Um die Wiedergabe fortzusetzen tippen Sie auf das Play Symbol U Tippen Sie auf das Vor bzw Zuruck Symbol 1 um den vorherigen oder nachsten Titel abzuspielen e Tippen Sie auf eine Stelle der Zeitleiste um die Wiedergabe direkt an dieser Stelle fortzusetzen e Dr cken Sie die Lautst rke Tasten an der Seite des Ger tes um die Lautst rke anzupassen e Um die Vorschau der aktuellen Wiedergabeliste zu ffnen tippen Sie bitte auf das Wiedergabeliste Symbol Tippen Sie auf einen Titel um diesen direkt abzuspielen e Um den Wiederholungsmodus zu ndern tippen Sie auf das Wiederholungsmodus Symbol el e Um auf den Startbildschirm zu gelangen tippen Sie kurz auf die Home Taste ol Die Musikwiedergabe wird dadurch nicht gestoppt So k nnen Sie beispielsweise mit dem Browser im Internet surfen und gleichzeitig Ihre Musik h ren Tippen Sie einfach erneut auf das Musik Icon um Zur ck zur Musikwiederga
369. ular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 9 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the General Public License from time to time Such new versions will b
370. ular circumstance the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 9 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the General Public License from time to time Such new versions will b
371. ung Sie aktuell nicht bendtigen wallable Memory 94 00M KILL selected apps A Task Killer e Calendar Storage Download Manager Search Applications Provider 3 Zur Best tigung Ihrer Auswahl tippen Sie bitte kurz auf das Kill selected apps Symbol Available Memory 94 00M KILL selected apps 15 Eingeschr nkte Garantiebedingungen Die Garantie deckt nur den Ersatz dieses Intenso Produkts ab Die Garantie gilt nicht f r normale Verschlei erscheinungen die sich aus fehlerhaftem unsachgem em Gebrauch Nachl ssigkeit Unfall Inkompatibilit t oder aus mangelhafter Leistung einer bestimmten Computer Hardware oder Computer Software ergeben Es besteht kein Garantieanspruch bei Nichteinhaltung der Intenso Bedienungsanleitung sowie bei unsachgem er Montage Gebrauch oder bei Defekten durch andere Ger te Wird das Produkt Ersch tterungen elektrostatischer Entladungen W rme oder Feuchtigkeitseinwirkungen jenseits der Produktspezifikationen ausgesetzt besteht kein Garantieanspruch Intenso haftet nicht f r Datenverluste oder jegliche auftretende Begleitsch den oder Folgesch den f r die Verletzung der Garantiebedingungen oder f r sonstige Sch den gleich welche Ursache zugrunde liegt Dieses Produkt ist nicht f r eine kommerzielle Nutzung oder f r medizinische und spezielle Anwendungen vorgesehen in denen der Ausfall des Produktes Verletzungen Todesf lle oder erhebliche Sa
372. ure that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know their righis We protect your rights with two steps 1 copyright the software and 2 offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify the software Also for each author s protection and ours we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software If the software is modified by someone else and passed on we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors reputations Finally any free program is threatened constantly by software patents We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses in effect making the program proprietary To prevent this we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone s free use or not licensed at all The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0 This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License The Program below refers to any such program or work and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivativ
373. uvez pas supprimer les logiciels pr install s 13 Explorateur de fichiers Ouvrez l aper u des applications puis tapez bri vement sur l ic ne Explorateur pour d marrer le fichier Explorateur Naviguer travers les fichiers et les dossiers e Vous pouvez choisir entre la m moire interne internal Memory la carte m moire SD Card et USB Tapez sur l emplacement d enregistrement voulu afin d afficher les fichiers qu il contient 22 sous forme de liste Si aucune carte m moire n tait ins r e ou qu aucun dispositif de stockage n tait connect via la connexion USB vous en tes inform par est demonte e Avec un mouvement vertical de balayage vous pouvez maintenant faire d filer vos fichiers et dossiers Ouvrez un fichier ou un dossier tapant brievement e Vous pouvez faire basculer en avant ou en arriere tapant brievement sur les ic nes correspondantes e Pour parvenir un niveau plus haut dans la structure du fichier tapez brievement sur l ic ne LevelUphid e Avec Accueil EH aller directement dans le r pertoire principal Utilisez la barre d outils Appuyez sur la touche Menu a puis Masquer la barre KAKA d outils afin de faire appara tre ou dispara tre la barre d outils Accueil Aller directement dans le r pertoire principal aa a Aller a un niveau ae TTT S lectionner plusieurs fichiers plusieurs fichiers Hu Sec d plac
374. ventualmente capitare che troppe applicazioni siano attive contemporaneamente sullo sfondo In questo caso apra l applicazione Task Killer e termini quelle applicazioni di cui al momento non ha bisogno 1 Apra Papplicazione Task Killer 2 Selezioni le applicazioni di cui al momento non ha bisogno wallable Memory 94 00M KILL selected apps A Task Killer Browser Calendar e Calendar Storage Download Manag Email g Gallery Google Servifes Framework Launcher My Uploads Search Search Applications Provider 3 Per confermare la Sua scelta tocchi brevemente il simbolo Kill selected apps Available Memory 94 00M KILL selected apps 15 Condizioni di garanzia limitate La garanzia copre solo la sostituzione di questo prodotto Intenso La garanzia non vale per normale usura derivante da uso errato o improprio trascuratezza incidente incompatibilita o da altre prestazioni manchevoli di un certo hardware o software Non sussiste garanzia col mancato rispetto delle istruzioni Intenso cosi come col montaggio e uso improprio o con difetti causati da altri apparecchi Se il prodotto viene esposto a scosse scariche elettrostatiche calore o umidita non in conformita alle specifiche del prodotto non sussiste alcuna garanzia Intenso non responsabile per perdite di dati o per danni concomitanti conseguenti per la violazione de
375. vrez des informations sur o les derniers programmes utilis s o la force de signal de la connexion WIFI actuelle e l heure o le niveau de charge actuel de la batterie Vous pouvez utiliser les fonctions suivantes e Appelez l cran de d marrage Revenir arriere vers le dernier le menu utilis e Appelez les derniers programmes utilis s Vous pouvez ouvrir la barre d tat largie en tapant l gerement sur l horloge L les derniers messages d tat sont affich s Divers acc s rapides et par exemple l acc s aux param tres sont affich s si vous tapez sur l horloge dans la barre d tat largie nouveau R glage de l cran principal Vous pouvez r gler l cran principal facilement selon vos besoins particuliers Si vous souhaitez supprimer une ic ne appuyez sur l ic ne avec le doigt pendant une courte p riode puis poussez la dans l ic ne X affich e Maintenant retirez votre doigt de l cran tactile et l ic ne est supprim e Si vous souhaitez d placer une ic ne de aper u des applications vers l cran principal appuyez sur l ic ne dans l aper u des applications pendant une courte p riode et l cran principal s affiche D placez l ic ne vers la position d sir e et retirez votre doigt de l cran tactile L ic ne est d sormais ajout e l cran principal Si vous d placez une ic ne sur une autre ic ne un dossier contenant les deux ic nes est automatiquement cr Appuyez sur le dossier p
376. vrez l application par l interm diaire de l ic ne E mail que vous trouvez dans le menu des applications Configuration de votre bo te aux lettres lectronique 1 D marrez l application e mail en tapant sur l ic ne e mail Vous tes maintenant invit mettre en place votre bo te aux lettres lectroniques 2 Entrez votre adresse e mail et votre mot de passe associ puis tapez sur Suivant Ensuite renommez votre compte et d finissez votre nom affich pour les messages sortants Tapez sur Termin pour terminer l installation Votre bo te aux lettres lectronique est s lectionn e comme bo te par d faut si vous s lectionnez l option Envoyer des e mails de ce compte par d faut 3 Vous pouvez galement configurer votre bo te aux lettres lectronique manuellement Entrez votre adresse e mail et votre mot de passe associ puis tapez sur Configuration manuelle pour saisir les informations du serveur e mail FR 13 4 Choisissez parmi les types de serveurs POP3 IMAP ou Exchange pour e mails entrants Note Si vous ne savez pas quels param tres que vous devez effectuer veuillez contacter votre fournisseur de messagerie lectronique votre administrateur r seau ou recherchez sur internet des termes tels que adresse POP et nom de votre fournisseur selon les informations requises TF Komsennchng arhurge 5 Entrez les informations requises serveur port etc 6 S lection
377. ware de computador O direito a garantia expira em caso de n o cumprimento com o manual de instru es da Intenso bem como em caso de montagem e uso indevido ou defeitos causados por outros aparelhos Caso o produto esteja sujeito a vibra es descargas electrost ticas influ ncias de calor ou humidade que n o estejam incluidas nas especifica es do produto n o tem direito a garantia A Intenso n o se responsabiliza por perda de dados ou danos colaterais ou subsequentes pela viola o das condi es de garantia ou outros danos independente das suas causas Este produto n o se destina ao uso comercial ou a n vel medicinal ou especial nos quais uma falha do produto pode causar les es mortes ou elevados danos materiais PT 23 16 Dados tecnicos CPU 1 6 GHz Quadcore based on Cortex 9 Mem ria 1 80083 Sistema operativo Android 4 2 2 Sistemas operativos Windows XP Vista 7 8 Linux 2 4 e superior Mac 10 6 compativeis superior G Sensor Rota o em 360 graus _Ecr IPS Display 1280x800Pixel 2 5 SB Trans iormador Adaptador V AC Ktec KSASB0241200200D5 AC Input 100 240V 50 60Hz DC Output 12V 2A Bateria integrada Bateria recarregavel de ides litio de polimero 17 Manutengao do aparelho Nunca borrife ou aplique no ecra ou na caixa do aparelho algum liquido 18 Limpeza do aparelho Limpe a caixa a arma o e o ecr com um pano macio que n o largue p los e
378. y Move und navigieren Sie anschlie end in das Zielverzeichnis Tippen Sie anschlie end auf das Editor Icon und w hlen Sie durch kurzes Tippen Paste um die Datei einzuf gen Um eine Datei zu l schen tippen Sie auf Delete und best tigen Sie zur Sicherheit nochmals mit Delete Zum Abbrechen tippen Sie kurz auf Cancel Zum Umbenennen einer Datei tippen Sie auf Rename und geben Sie anschlie end ber die virtuelle Tastatur den neuen Dateinamen ein Best tigen Sie Ihre Eingabe mit OK oder brechen Sie den Vorgang mit Cancel ab Sie k nnen mehrere Dateien und Ordner gleichzeitig kopieren l schen oder verschieben Tippen Sie dazu auf das Multi Icon und anschlie end auf die gew nschten Dateien Die markierten Dateien werden nun in einer anderen Farbe angezeigt Tippen Sie auf das Editor Icon 2 um die gew nschte Aktion durchzuf hren DE 24 14 Task Manager Dieses Gerat ist Multitasking fahig Sie also zur gleichen Zeit mehrere Anwendungen gleichzeitig ffnen Sie k nnen beispielsweise Musik h ren und zur gleichen Zeit im Internet surfen oder Bilder betrachten Unter Umst nden kann es vorkommen dass zu viele Anwendungen gleichzeitig im Hintergrund laufen In diesem Fall ffnen Sie bitte die Anwendung Task Killer und beenden diejenigen Anwendungen die Sie im Augenblick nicht ben tigen 1 ffnen Sie die Task Killer 2 Wahlen Sie die Anwendungen die Anwend
379. y someone else and passed on we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors reputations Finally any free program is threatened constantly by software patents We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses in effect making the program proprietary To prevent this we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone s free use or not licensed at all The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION 0 This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License The Program below refers to any such program or work and a work based on the Program means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law that is to say a work containing the Program or a portion of it either verbatim or with modifications and or translated into another language Hereinafter translation is included without limitation in the term modification Each licensee is addressed as you Activities other than copying distribution and modification are not covered by this License they are outside its scope The act of running the Program is not restricted and
380. y such claims this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented by public license practices Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system it is up to the author donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License 8 If the distribution and or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded In such case this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License 9 The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and any later version you have t
381. ywoluje ustawienia wideo e Nacisniecie na miejsce na pasku czasu powoduje bezposrednie wznowienie pliku wideo w tym miejscu Naci ni cie przycisk w G o no na boku urz dzenia umo liwia dopasowanie g o no ci Naci ni cie na powoduje zapisanie w biezacym miejscu zaktadki Kazdorazowo mozna zapisa jedynie jedna zaktadke Podczas ustawiania nowej zaktadki stara zaktadka jest nadpisywana e JeSli uruchamiany jest plik wideo kt ry juz ma dodana zaktadke to na poczatku odtwarzania pojawi sie pytanie czy plik wideo ma by odtwarzany od poczatku czy teZ wznowiony od zapisanej zak adki Wyb r opcji Play from Beginning powoduje odtworzenie pliku wideo od pocz tku a opcji Play from Bookmark wznowienie odtwarzania pliku wideo od zapisanej zak adki Aby usun zak adk nale y nacisn otworzone zostan ustawienia wideo Teraz nale y wybra opcj Delete Bookmark Zak adka zostanie usuni ta e Naci ni cie na pozwala na dopasowanie jasno ci wy wietlacza Naci ni cie na symbol w prz d wzgl w ty DE powoduje odtworzenie poprzedniego lub nastepnego pliku wideo Nacisniecie na pozwala na dopasowanie formatu odtwarzania pliku wideo pe ny ekran oryginalny 16 9 4 3 e Wyb r zatrzymuje bie ce odtwarzanie i pozwala na przej cie do przegl du plik w wideo f Muzyka Wid et Muzyka Za pomoc tego widzetu mo na uruchamia przerywa wznawia
382. zacz audio przegl darka internetowa budzik kalkulator oraz jeszcze kilka innych Aby otworzy te aplikacje nale y kr tko nacisn na odpowiedni ikon Instalacja aplikacji Aby zainstalowa na urz dzeniu aplikacje nale y przeprowadzi nast puj ce czynno ci 1 Pobra oprogramowanie na przyk ad z Androidpit Market Nale y si przy tym upewni e jest to plik APK 2 Je li pliki zosta y pobrane na komputer to nale y po czy urz dzenie za pomoc przewodu USB z komputerem i skopiowa pliki do wewn trznej pami ci 3 Nast pnie nale y od czy urz dzenie od komputera i otworzy eksplorator aby otworzy skopiowane pliki 4 Aby zainstalowa aplikacj nale y post powa zgodnie z poleceniami wy wietlanymi na ekranie 5 Po udanej instalacji nowe aplikacje mo na odnale w menu aplikacji Odinstalowywanie aplikacji 1 Nale y otworzy Ustawienia systemu naciskaj c kr tko na ikon Ustawienia w przegl dzie aplikacji 2 Teraz nale y kr tko nacisn na punkt menu Aplikacje aby przej do ustawie aplikacji 3 Kr tkim naci ni ciem nale y wybra jeden z g wnych punkt w menu Pobieranie Pami USB Aktywna i Wszystkie 4 Przez kr tkie naci ni cie nale y nast pnie wybra aplikacj kt ra ma zosta odinstalowana 5 Nale y teraz nacisn na Odinstaluj i potwierdzi wyb r przyciskiem OK aby odinstalowa z urz dzenia dan aplikacj
383. ze elektrycznych Urz dzenia oznaczone tym symbolem podlegaj europejskiej dyrektywie 2002 96 WE Wszystkie urz dzenie elektrycznie i elektroniczne musz by utylizowane niezale nie od odpad w komunalnych przez wyznaczone do tego instytucje Poprzez prawid ow utylizacj zu ytych urz dze elektronicznych zapobiega si ska eniu rodowiska naturalnego Intenso 49377 Vechta Germany www intenso de PL 24 20 Licencja informacja Notice of GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE and LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENCE Dear Customer If interested you and any third party can download the source code of used GPL LGPL from Intenso Webpage hitp www intenso de The source code of the desired product is available to anyone on the selection of valid product category and the desired device In the product details you will find the entry drivers Open this menu to download the corresponding GPL LGPL code For a fee of 35 delivery to another country as Germany it is also possible to obtain this code by postal delivery More information about the GPL LGPL Licence can you find on following website www gnu org GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 2 June 1991 Copyright C 1989 1991 Free Software Foundation Inc 51 Franklin Street Fifth Floor Boston MA 02110 1301 USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed Preamble The licenses fo

Intenso Tab 1004 8GB Black

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents